Civaravastu of the Vinayavastvagama of the Mulasarvastivadin (= Vastu 7 of the Vinayavastu)
Based on the edition by N. Dutt: Gilgit Manuscript, vol. III: Mūlasarvāstivādavinayavastu,
Part 2 (Srinagar 1942), pp. 1-148: Cīvaravastu (second edition: Delhi 1984).
Input by Klaus Wille, Göttingen
BOLD for references
ITALICS for restored passages
{...} = NOTES
ABBREVIATIONS:
GBM = Gilgit Buddhist Manuscripts (Facsimile Edition), ed. by Raghu Vira and Lokesh Chandra, 10 pts., New Delhi 1959-1974 (Śata-Piṭaka Series 10). (The Vinayavastu manuscript is reproduced in vol. 6) [repr. in 3 parts Delhi 1995. (The Vinayavastu manuscript is reproduced in vol. 2)]
MSV II = Gilgit Manuscript, ed. N. Dutt, vol. III, part 2, Srinagar 1942.
Some of Dutt's reading have been corrected by K. Wille according to the manuscript, for example:
īrṣā; MS: īrṣyā
campā; MS: caṇpā
jarā-śokaparidevanaduḥkha-; MS: jarā-śokaparidevaduḥkha
-ttv-; MS: -tv-
udālī; MS: upālī
ṛvraṭāśabdena; MS: ṛcchaṭāśabdena
dhātutaḥ satvā; MS: dhātuśa‹ḥ› satvā‹ḥ›
-samudyato; MS: -samudito
labhyaṃ (in antaroddāna p. 141); MS: lekhyaṃ
The reading pṛṣṭhavācikayā has been changed to pṛṣṭavācikayā (see the discussion in Matsumura, Kaṭhinavastu, note 72, and Hu-von Hinüber, Poṣadhavastu, p. 212)
THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)
| description: | multibyte sequence: |
| long a | ā |
| long A | Ā |
| long i | ī |
| long I | Ī |
| long u | ū |
| long U | Ū |
| vocalic r | ṛ |
| vocalic R | Ṛ |
| long vocalic r | ṝ |
| vocalic l | ḷ |
| vocalic L | Ḷ |
| long vocalic l | ḹ |
| velar n | ṅ |
| velar N | Ṅ |
| palatal n | ñ |
| palatal N | Ñ |
| retroflex t | ṭ |
| retroflex T | Ṭ |
| retroflex d | ḍ |
| retroflex D | Ḍ |
| retroflex n | ṇ |
| retroflex N | Ṇ |
| palatal s | ś |
| palatal S | Ś |
| retroflex s | ṣ |
| retroflex S | Ṣ |
| anusvara | ṃ |
| visarga | ḥ |
| long e | ē |
| long o | ō |
| l underbar | ḻ |
| r underbar | ṟ |
| n underbar | ṉ |
| k underbar | ḵ |
| t underbar | ṯ |
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm
Cīvaravastu
(MSV II 3 )(239v8 = GBM 6.791.8) cīvaravastuni piṇḍoddānam* /
jīvako bhāṅgakaś caiva tathā dīrghadaśāni ca /
varṣāchinnaś ca vijñeyaḥ
kālakriyā upanando glāno bhavati paścimaḥ //
piṇḍoddānam* /
jīvakaś chinnakās trīṇi varṣāśāṭī niṣīdanam* /
kaṇḍusugatakauśeyā ūrṇāśāṇakakṣaumakāḥ //
uddānam* /
khaṇḍo gopaś ca siṃhaś ca vaiśālīgamanaṃ tathā /
celā ṛṣikopaś ca āmrapālyabhayena ca //
śreṣṭhībhāryā jīvakotpattiḥ vaidyakasya ca āgamaḥ /
takṣaśilā bhadraṅkara udumbaraḥ kārṣamāpakaḥ //
rohitakaḥ rājodyānaṃ mathurā mallastriyāhi ca /
yamunā śivapathikā vaiśālyām akṣi śatapadī sapta /
rājagṛhe paṃcavastūni jīvakavargaḥ samudditaḥ //
videheṣu videharājo (240r1 = GBM 6.792) rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca / tasya khaṇḍapramukhāni paṃcāmātyaśatāni / khaṇḍo 'grāmātyo dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati nyāyataś ca vyavahārān paśyati yataḥ sarva eva janakāyas tanmukho 'vasthitaḥ / tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam* / sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati (MSV II 4) ramate paricārayati / tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ / tasya trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśati divasān pūrvavad yāvad gopa iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam* / bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ / tasyāpi pūrvavad vistareṇa siṃha iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam* / gopaḥ siṃhaś ca kramaśas taruṇau saṃvṛttau / khaṇḍo 'grāmātyaḥ pūrvam eva śūro vikrāntaḥ pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvi yenāmātyānām agraḥ / yadā putrabalī jātas tadā bhūyasyā mātrayā sarvāmātyān abhibhūyāvasthitaḥ / tatas te 'mātyā upahatatejasaḥ parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kṛtvā saṃjātāmarṣā rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ / tato 'vasaraṃ jñātvā rājānam ūcuḥ / deva ko rājā / rājā kathayati / kuto bhavatāṃ vimarṣo 'haṃ rājā ko 'nya iti / te kathayanti / deva khaṇḍo rājā na devaḥ / yadi tasyābhirucitaṃ syād devaṃ rājyāc cyāvayitvā svayam eva paṭṭaṃ baddhā rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayed iti / rājā saṃlakṣayati / sarva ete tenābhibhūtās tena bhedaṃ kurvantīti / yāvad apareṇa samayena rājā amātyagaṇaparivṛtas tiṣṭhati / khaṇḍaś cāgrāmātyo 'rthipratyarthiśatasahasraparivṛto rājakulaṃ praviṣṭaḥ / pūrṇaṃ tad rājakulam avasthitam* / yadā tu rājakṛtiṃ kṛtvā niṣkrāntas tadā tad rājakulaṃ śūnyam avasthitam* / rājā kathayati / bhavantaḥ sarva evāyaṃ janakāyo niṣkrāmati / amātyair avatāro labdhaḥ / te kathayanti / sākṣātkṛtaṃ devena yato vijñāpayāmaḥ / yadi (MSV II 5) khaṇḍasyābhirucitaṃ syād eva rājyāc cyāvayitvā svayam eva paṭṭaṃ baddhā rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayed iti / kākaśaṅkino hi rājānaḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / yathaite kathayanti nūnam evam iti / sa tasyāvatāraprekṣī saṃvṛttaḥ / mitrāmitramadhyamā lokāḥ / yāvad aparaiḥ khaṇḍasyārocitam* / rājā tavāvatāraprekṣy avatiṣṭhate / kṣamaṃ manyasveti / tasya śaṃkā samutpannā / sa vicārayituṃ pravṛttaḥ / kva gacchāmīti / yadi śrāvastīṃ gāmiṣyāmi rājādhīnā śrāvastī tatrāpy eṣa evādīnavaḥ / evaṃ vārāṇasyāṃ rājagṛhe caṇpāyām ekādhīnatvād eṣa evādīnavaḥ / vaiśālī gaṇādhīnā / yadṛśānām abhipretaṃ tad viṃśatīnāṃ nābhipretam* / sarvathā vaiśālīṃ gacchāmīti / tena vaiśālakānāṃ licchavīnāṃ dūtasaṃpreṣaṇaṃ kṛtam* / gacchāmy ahaṃ bhavatāṃ bāhucchāyāyāṃ vastum iti / tair ādarajātaiḥ pratisandeśo dattaḥ / iyam eva vaiśālī svāgatam āgaccheti / tataḥ khaṇḍenāgrāmātyena jñātaya āhūya uktāḥ / bhavanto vaiśālīṃ saṃprasthito yeṣāṃ yuṣmākam abhirucitam ihāvasthānaṃ te (240v1 = GBM 6.793) 'bhitiṣṭhantu yeṣāṃ nābhirucitaṃ te sajjā bhavantu gacchāmaḥ / gopālakāḥ paśupālakāś coktāḥ / yūyaṃ gomahiṣīḥ yena vaiśālīṃ tena khaṭayata / pauruṣeyā uktāḥ / sannāhayata vaiśālīṃ gacchāma iti / tato janakāyam evaṃ prerayitvā rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati / deva kiṃcit karaṇīyam asti / udyānaṃ gacchāmy (MSV II 6) avalokito bhaveti / rājā kathayaty evaṃ bhavatu gaccheti / sodyānaśobhāṃ kārayitvā sārādānaṃ śakaṭeṣv āropya upari khādanīyabhojanīyena ācchādya saṃprasthitaḥ / amātyaiḥ śrutam* / khaṇḍo niṣpalāyatīti / te tvaritaṃ tvaritaṃ rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayanti / deva khaṇḍo niṣpalāyatīti / rājā kathayati / bhavanto gacchata nirvartayateti / te caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhya nirgatāḥ kathayanti / khaṇḍa devo śabdayatīti nivartayasveti / sa kathayati / bhavanto yuṣmākaṃ dīrgharātram ayam āśvāsakaḥ / aho bata khaṇḍaḥ kālaṃ kuryān niṣpalāyeta iti vā iti / sa yuṣmākam alpakṛcchreṇa paripūrṇaḥ / gacchata niṣpalāyaty ayam iti / te rājñaś cittānurakṣayā kāṇḍakāṇḍiṃ kṛtvā nivṛttā rājñaḥ kathayanti / deva niṣpalāyitaḥ khaṇḍo agrāmātya iti / rājā kathayati / na śobhanam iti kṛtvā tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ / khaṇḍo 'py anupūrveṇa vaiśālīṃ gataḥ /
tena khalu samayena vaiśālī tribhiḥ skandhaiḥ prativasati / prathame skandhe sapta kūṭāgārasahasrāṇi suvarṇamayair niryūhair madhyame skandhe caturdaśa rūpyamayair niryūhair adharime skandhe ekaviṃśatis tāmramayair niryūhais teṣu yathāyogaṃ manuṣyāḥ pratvasanti / uttamā madhyamā adhamā / vaiśālyāṃ gaṇena kriyākārā vyavasthāpitāḥ / yā prathame (MSV II 7) skandhe dārikā jāyate sā prathama eva skandhe dīyate na madhyame nādharime / yā madhyame sā prathame skandhe dīyate madhyame vā nādharime / yādharime sā triṣv api skandheṣu dīyate / kanyāyā anirvāhaḥ nānyatra dīyate iti / vaiśālīstrīratnaṃ na kasyacid dīyate / gaṇasāmānyaṃ paribhojyam eva / khaṇḍasya pradhānapuruṣa iti kṛtvā prathame skandhe gṛhaṃ dattam* / tatra prativastum ārabdhaḥ /
yadā gaṇaḥ saṃnipatati tadāsāv āhūyamāno 'pi na saṃnipatati / sa vaiśālakair ucyate / khaṇḍa kasmāt tvaṃ na saṃnipatasīti / sa kathayati / saṃnipatitād eva ayam ādīnavaḥ prādurbhūto nāhaṃ saṃnipatāmīti / vaiśālakāḥ kathayanti / khaṇḍa saṃnipāte ko 'tra ādīnavo bhaviṣyatīti / sa saṃnipatitum ārabdhaḥ / mataṃ nānuprayacchati / te kathayanti / khaṇḍa matam anuprayaccheti / sa kathayati / matam api nānuprayacchāmi yasmān matād eva me ādīnavāḥ prādurbhūtā iti / te kathayanti / anuprayaccha matam* / ko 'trādīnavo bhaviṣyatīti / sa ca nigame saṃnipatati mataṃ cānuprayacchati / pūrvaṃ vaiśālakā licchavayo yasya kasyacil lekham anupreṣayanti sakarkaśam anupreṣayanti / yadā tu khaṇḍo mataṃ dātum ārabdhas tadā sānunayaṃ likhanti / (MSV II 8) yeṣāṃ sānunayo (241r1 = GBM 6.794) lekho nīto bhavati / te parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kurvanti / bhavantaḥ ko yogo yena vaiśālako gaṇaḥ pūrvaṃ sakarkaśaṃ likhati idānīṃ tu sānunayam iti / apare kathayanti / asti viśeṣaḥ / videharājasya khaṇḍo nāmāgrāmātya ihāgatas tasya matenānuvyavaharanti yenādhunā sānunayaṃ likhantīti /
khaṇḍena gopasya siṃhasya ca niveśanaṃ kṛtam* / siṃhasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayato duhitā jātā / tasyāpi vistareṇa jātimahaṃ kṛtvā celeti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam* / sā naimittikena dṛṣṭvā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati / sa pitaraṃ jīvitād vyaparopya svayam eva paṭṭaṃ baddhvā rājyaṃ kārayiṣyatīti / bhūyo 'sya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayato duhitā jātā / tasya api vistareṇa jātimahaṃ kṛtvopaceleti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam* / sāpi naimittikena vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasaṃpūrṇam iti / gopo vyāḍo vikrānto vaiśālakānāṃ licchavīnām udyānāni vināśayati / udyānapālair ucyate / vaiśālakā licchavayo vyāḍā vikrāntāḥ / mā teṣām udyānāni vināśayeti / sa nivāryamāṇo 'pi na saṃtiṣṭhate / udyānapālaiḥ khaṇḍasyārocitam* / putras te vaiśālakānāṃ licchavīnām udyānāni vināśayati / nivārayainam* / licchavayo vyāḍā vikrāntā māsyānarthaṃ kariṣyanti / sa tenāhūyoktaḥ / putra vaiśālakā licchavayo vyāḍā vikrāntā mā teṣām udyānāni vināśaya mā te anarthaṃ kariṣyantīti / sa kathayati / tāta eṣām udyānāni santi asmākaṃ tu na santi / sa kathayti / putra udyānasyārthāya gaṇaṃ (MSV II 9) vijñāpayāmīti / tena gaṇo vijñapto mama putrayor udyānaṃ nāsti /tad arhaṃ mama udyāne prasādaṃ kartum iti / tais tābhyāṃ jīrṇodyānaṃ dattam* / tasmin mahāśālavṛkṣaḥ / tatraikena bhagavataḥ pratimā kāritā / dvitīyena vihāraḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ / tathā sthavirair api sūtrānte upanibaddhaṃ buddho bhagavān vaiśālyāṃ viharati gopasiṃhaśālavane iti / gopaḥ akriyāsahasrāṇi karoti / licchavayo 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti / tataḥ khaṇḍenāhūyoktaḥ / putra gaccha tvam amuka karvaṭaṃ tatra svādhiṣṭhitān karmāntān kāraya / tiṣṭha mā gaṇaprakopo bhaviṣyatīti / sa tatra gatvā svādhiṣṭhitān karmāntān kārayitum ārabdhaḥ / yāvad apareṇa samayena vaiśālyāṃ senāpatiḥ kālagataḥ / taiḥ khaṇḍo 'grāmātyaḥ senāpatye sthāpitaḥ / so 'pi kaṃcit kālaṃ dharmeṇa senāpatyaṃ kārayitvā kālagataḥ / vaiśālako gaṇaḥ saṃnipatitaḥ / kaṃ senāpatiṃ sthāpayāma iti / tatra eke kathayanti / khaṇḍenāgrāmātyena gaṇaḥ paripālitaḥ / tasyaiva putraṃ sthāpayāma iti / apare kathayanti / tasya putro gopo vyāḍo vikrāntaḥ / yady asau senāpatye sthāpyate niyataṃ gaṇasya bhedaṃ kariṣyati yas tu tasya bhrātā siṃhaḥ sa sūrataḥ (241v1 = GBM 6.795) sukhasaṃvāsaḥ śaknoti gaṇasya cittam ārāgayitum* / yadi gaṇasyābhirucitaṃ taṃ senāpatiṃ sthāpayāma iti / sarveṣām abhirucitam* / te saṃbhūya siṃhasya sakāśaṃ gatāḥ / siṃha senāpatitvaṃ pratīccheti / sa kathayati / mama (MSV II 10) jyeṣṭho bhrātā gopas taṃ senāpatiṃ sthāpayateti / te kathayanti / siṃha na yuṣmākaṃ kulakramāgataṃ senāpatyaṃ yo gaṇasyābhirucitaḥ sa senāpatir bhavati / yadi bhavato nābhirucitaṃ vayam anyaṃ senāpatiṃ sthāpayāma iti / sa saṃlakṣayati / yady asmākaṃ gṛhāt senāpatyam anyatra gamiṣyati naitad yuktam* / sarvathā pratīcchāmīti / tenādhyavasitam* / sa tair mahatā satkāreṇa senāpatye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ / vaiśālakāḥ pūrvaṃ yasya lekham anupreṣayanti tasya khaṇḍapramukho gaṇa ājñāpayatīti likhanti / yadā siṃhaḥ senāpatiḥ saṃvṛttas tadā siṃhapramukho gaṇa ājñāpayatīti / yāvad apareṇa samayena yasmin karvaṭake gopaḥ svādhiṣṭhitān karmāntān kārayati tadā karvaṭakaṃ lekho gataḥ / gopenodghāṭya vācitaḥ / sa kathayati / bhavantaḥ pūrvaṃ vaiśālako gaṇaḥ khaṇḍapramukho gaṇa ājñāpayatīti likhanti / idānīṃ siṃhapramukho gaṇaḥ ājñāpayatīti likhanti / kim asmākaṃ pitā kālagataḥ / te kathayanti / kālagataḥ / sa saṃjātāmarṣo vaiśālīṃ gatvā kathayati / bhrātaḥ yuktaṃ nāma tava mayi jyeṣṭhatare tiṣṭhati senāpatyaṃ kartum iti / siṃhena tasya yathāvṛttam ārocitam* / sa vaiśālakānāṃ licchavīnāṃ saṃjātāmarṣaḥ saṃlakṣayati / mama vaiśālakair asatkāraḥ prayukto gacchāmi rājagṛham iti / tena rajño bimbisārasya dūtapreṣaṇaṃ kṛtam* / icchāmi devasya bāhucchāyāyāṃ vastum* / tenāsya likhitam* / svāgatam* / āgaccheti / sa rājagṛhaṃ gataḥ / tato rājñā bimbisāreṇa agrāmātye sthāpitaḥ / yāvad apareṇa samayena rājño bimbisārasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā / sa (MSV II 11) kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / gopena sa dṛṣṭa uktaś ca / deva kasyārthāya devaḥ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthita iti / sa kathayati / agramahiṣī me kālagatā kim iti na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmi / alaṃ deva tyajyatāṃ śokaḥ / asti mama bhrātur duhitṛdvayaṃ rūpayauvanasaṃpannaṃ devārham eva / tatraikā vyākṛtā pitṛmārakaṃ putraṃ janayiṣyatīti dvitīyā tu lakṣaṇasaṃpannam iti / tat katarāṃ devasyārthāya ānayāmi / yā sā vyākṛtā lakṣaṇasaṃpannaṃ putraṃ janayiṣyatīti / tato gopena siṃhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ / rājño bimbisārasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā tvam upacelām iha preṣayāgramahiṣī bhaviṣyatīti / tena tasya pratilekho visarjitaḥ
/ dūram api param api gatvā tvam evāsmābhiḥ praṣṭavyaḥ / yad bhavatā kṛtaṃ tat paraṃ pramāṇam iti / tvam eva jānīṣe yathā gaṇena kriyākāraḥ kṛto nānyatra kanyā dātavyā ṛte vaiśālakān iti / kiṃ tu tvam āgatyodyāne tiṣṭha aham enām (242r1 = GBM 6.796) udyānaṃ niṣkāṣayiṣyāmi / tvaṃ gṛhītvā gamiṣyasīti / tato gopo rājānam avalokya ratham āruhya vaiśālīṃ saṃprasthitaḥ / anupūrveṇa saṃprāptaḥ / udyāne vyavasthitaḥ / tena khalu samayena vaiśālyāṃ dauvārikaḥ kālagato 'manuṣyakeṣūpapannaḥ / tena vaiśālakānāṃ nirdeśitam* / aham amanuṣyeṣūpapanno mama yakṣasthānaṃ (MSV II 12) kārayata ghaṇṭāṃ ca grīvāyāṃ pralambayata / yadi kaścid vaiśālakānāṃ pratyarthikaḥ pratyamitra āgamiṣyati ahaṃ tāvad ghaṇṭāśabdaṃ kariṣyāmi yāvad gṛhīto vā niṣpalāyito veti / tair yakṣaḥ pratirūpaṃ kṛtvā ghaṇṭāṃ ca grīvāyāṃ baddhvā nṛtyagītavāditraśabdena balimālyopahāreṇa dvārakoṣṭhake pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ / gopena siṃhasya saṃdiṣṭam* / aham udyāne tiṣṭhāmi nirgaccheti / sa vaiśālakaṃ gaṇam avalokya gṛhaṃ gatvā upacelām āha / tvaṃ rājñe bimbisārāya dattā / alaṃkuruṣvety uktā / udyānaṃ nirgaccha / sā alaṃkartum ārabdhā / celayā dṛṣṭā / sā kathayati / kimartham alaṃkaroṣi / ahaṃ dattā / kasmai / rājñe bimbisārāya / sā kathayati / ahaṃ jyeṣṭhatarā tvaṃ kathaṃ dattā / yady evaṃ tvam alaṃkuru / sā cālaṃkaroti / ghaṇṭā ca ravitum ārabdhā / vaiśālako gaṇaḥ kṣubdhaḥ pratyamitro 'smākaṃ vaiśālīṃ praviṣṭa iti / siṃhaḥ saṃtrasta upaceleti kṛtvā celām ādāya laghu laghv nirgataḥ / gopo 'pi saṃtrastaḥ celāṃ rathe āropya saṃprasthitaḥ / vaiśālakair dṛṣṭaḥ / te tena sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayitum ārabdhāḥ / sa paṃcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī tena paṃca licchaviśatāni marmaṇi tāḍitāni / sa kathayati / bhavanto mayā yuṣmākaṃ paṃcaśatāni marmaṇi tāḍitāny avaśiṣṭaṃ jīvitenācchādayāmi nivartateti / te kathayanty ekasatvo 'py asmākaṃ na praghātitaḥ muṃcata sannāham* / taiḥ sannāho (MSV II 13) muktaḥ / paṃcaśatāni bhūmau nipatitāni prāṇaiś ca viyuktāni / tatas te puruṣarākṣaso 'yam iti kṛtvā bhītā niṣpalāyitāḥ / vaiśālīm āgatya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ / etad vairam asmābhir bhavanto bimbisāraputrāṇāṃ niryātayitavyam* / patralekhyaṃ kṛtvā peḍāyāṃ prakṣipya jatumudrātāpaṃ kṛtvā sthāpayateti / tais tathā kṛtvā sthāpitaṃ* / gopo 'py anupūrveṇa rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ kathayati / upacele avatareti / sā kathayati / tāta nāham upacelā / celāhaṃ / kiṃ tvayā mama nārocitam* / sā tūṣṇīm avasthitā / tato 'sau duḥkhī durmanā rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / rājñā dṛṣṭa uktaś ca / svāgataṃ gopa / āgato 'si / āgato 'smi deva / ānītā upacelā / deva ānītā na ānītā ca / kiṃ kathayasi / upaceleti kṛtvā celā ānītā / ānīyatāṃ paśyāmaḥ / sā praveśitā / rājñā dṛṣṭā / atīva rūpayauvanasaṃpannā hārī strīviṣaye / sahadarśanād eva rājā ākṣiptaḥ kathayati / bhavanto yo hi putraḥ pitaraṃ ghātayati sa rājyahetoḥ / yadi me putro bhaviṣyati tasya jātasyaivāhaṃ paṭṭabandhaṃ kariṣyāmīti / tatas tena mahatā śrīsamudayena pariṇītā / videhaviṣayād ānītā vaidehīti (242v1 = GBM 6.797) saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati / yāvad apareṇa samayena rājā bimbisāro mṛgayā nirgataḥ / anyatamasmiṃś cāśramapade ṛṣiḥ paṃcābhijñaḥ prativasati / yāvan mṛgaḥ śaraparamparayā saṃtrāsitas tasya ṛṣer (MSV II 14) āśramapadān nirgato rājñā śareṇa marmaṇi tāḍitaḥ / tato 'sau ṛṣiḥ kruddhaḥ kathayati / kalirāja mama caṇḍamṛgo 'py āśramapadaṃ pariharati / tvayā tu śaraṇopagato mṛgaḥ praghātita iti / sa ca rājaivam ṛṣiṇā paribhāṣyate / balakāyaś cāgataḥ kathayati / deva ko 'yaṃ paribhāṣate / rājā kathayati / ahaṃ bhavantaḥ / yo rājānaṃ paribhāṣate tasya ko daṇḍo deva / tasya badho daṇḍaḥ / yady evaṃ parityakto me ayam ṛṣiḥ / sa praghātitum ārabdhaḥ / sa praghātyamāno mithyā praṇidhānaṃ karoti / yad aham anena kalirājena adūṣaṇam akāri badhyaḥ / utsṛṣṭas tatropapadyeyaṃ yatrainaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayeyam* / punaḥ saṃlakṣayati / rājāna ete suguptāḥ sugopitāḥ / yady aham anyatropapattiṃ grahiṣyāmīti kadācit pratyayaṃ nārāgayiṣyāmi / sarvathā anena me praṇidhānena asyaivāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣāv upapattiḥ syād iti / sa mithyā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtvā celāyāḥ kukṣāv upapannaḥ / yam eva divasaṃ pratisandhir gṛhītas tam eva divasaṃ rudhiravarṣaṃ patitam* / celāyāś ca dohadaḥ samutpannaḥ / aho batāhaṃ devasya pṛṣṭhamāṃsāny utpāṭyotpāṭya bhakṣayeyam iti / eṣa ca vṛttānto rājñe niveditaḥ / rājñā naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ / te ūcuḥ / deva yo 'yaṃ satvo devyāḥ kukṣim avakrāntas tasyāyam anubhāva iti / (MSV II 15) rājā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / katham asyā dohadaḥ prativinodyata iti / aparaiḥ kuśalajātīyaiḥ samākhyātam* / deva tūlikāyāṃ māṃsapūrṇāṃ prāvṛtiṃ devyā ātmānam upanaya iti / tato rājñā māṃsapūrṇayā tūlikayā ātmānaṃ veṣṭayitvā celāyā upanāmitam* / tayā pṛṣṭhamāṃsam iti kṛtvā bhakṣitam* / tatas tasyā yo dohadaḥ sa prativigataḥ / bhūyo 'py asyā dohadaḥ utpannaḥ / aho batāhaṃ devasya rudhiraṃ pibeyam iti / etad api rājñe niveditam* / tato rājñā paṃceṅkhikāḥ śirā mocayitvā rudhiraṃ pāyitā / so 'py asyā dohadaḥ prativigataḥ / yāvat paripūrṇair navabhir māsaiḥ prasūtā / dārako jāto 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ / yasminn api divase jātas tasminn api rudhiravarṣaṃ patitam* / bhūyo rājñā naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭās te kathayanti / deva yathā śāstre dṛśyate niyatam ayaṃ dārakaḥ pitaraṃ jīvitād vyaparopya svayam eva paṭṭaṃ baddhvā rājyaṃ kārayiṣyatīti / rājā saṃlakṣayati
/ sarvathā rājyārtham ayaṃ māṃ jīvitād vyaparopayati / tad asmai svayam eva rājyaṃ dāsyāmi / kimarthaṃ māṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyatīti /
tena khalu samayena vaiśālyāṃ mahānāmo licchaviḥ prativasati / tasyodyāne āmravanam* / tasminn apy akasmād eva kadalīskandho (MSV II 16) jātaḥ / ārāmikeṇa ca dṛṣṭaḥ / tatsamanantaram eva puṣpitaḥ / (243r1 = GBM 6.798) tena vismayajātena mahānāmāya niveditam* / tena naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ / te kathayanti / deva pratipālyatām* / saptame divase sphuṭiṣyati / tanmadhyād dārikā bhaviṣyati / śrutvā mahānāmo gṛhapatir bhūyasyā mātrayā vismayam āpannas tasmiṃś codyāne ārakṣakān puruṣān samantataḥ sthāpayitvā divasān gaṇayitum ārabdhaḥ / yāvat saptame divase tasminn udyāne apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpite candanavāripariṣikte surabhidhūpaghaṇṭikopanibaddhe āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpe puṣpāvakīrṇe anekagītavāditraninādite suhṛtsaṃbandhibāndhavajanaparivṛto mahatā śrīsamudayena antaḥpurasahito nirgatas tasya tasmiṃś codyāne krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kadalīstambhaḥ sphuṭitaḥ / dārikā jātābhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā / tato mahānāmasyāgramahiṣyāḥ saṃnyastaḥ / sā kathayati / devāsya nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate / mahānāmaḥ kathayati / iyaṃ dārikāmravanāl labdhā / bhavatv asyāmarapālī nāmeti / yāvan mahānāmo gṛhapatir udyānāt svagṛhaṃ gata āmrapālī dārikā unnīyate caryate pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā / tasyā varā āgacchanti krauñcāḥ śākyāś cānye nānādeśanivāsino rājaputrāḥ / amātyaputrāḥ / dhaninaḥ / śreṣṭhinaḥ / sārthavāhāḥ / mahānāmo gṛhapatiḥ (MSV II 17) saṃlakṣayati / yasyaiva na dāsyāmi tasyaiva dviḍ bhaviṣyāmi / api tu gaṇena kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ / gaṇaṃ tāvad avalokayiṣyāmīti / tena vaiśālako gaṇaḥ saṃnipātitaḥ / śṛṇvantu bhavanto brāhmaṇā gṛhapatayo mamodyāne dārikā utpannā / sā mayā āpāyitā poṣitā saṃvardhitā / tām ahaṃ svakulavaṃśapratirūpakasya kasyacid bhāryārtham anuprayacchāmi / gaṇa avalokito bhavatv iti / te kathayanti / gṛhapate gaṇena pūrvam eva kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ kanyā anirvāhā strīratnaṃ gaṇabhogyam iti / tadānīyatāṃ tāvad asau / dārikāṃ paśyāmaḥ kīdṛśīti / sā tena gaṇamadhyaṃ nītā / tāṃ rūpayauvanasaṃpannāṃ dṛṣṭā sarva eva gaṇo vismayotphulladṛṣṭiḥ samantato nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ katayati ca / gṛhapate strīratnam etad gaṇabhogyaṃ na kasyacid deyam iti / tato mahānāmo gṛhapatir durmanāḥ svagṛhaṃ gataḥ / sa kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / āmrapālyā dṛṣṭaḥ pṛṣṭaś ca / tāta kim asi cintāparaḥ / putri tvaṃ strīratnam iti kṛtvā gaṇabhogyā saṃvṛttā / mama manoratho na paripūrṇaḥ / tāta kiṃ tvaṃ parādhīnaḥ / putri gaṇena pūrvam eva kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ strīratnaṃ gaṇabhogyam iti / tvaṃ ca strīratnam ato 'ham anīśvara iti / sā kathayati / samayo 'haṃ gaṇabhogyā bhavāmi yadi me gaṇaḥ (MSV II 18) paṃca varān anuprayacchati / prathame skandhe gṛhaṃ dadāti / ekasmin praviṣṭe dvitīyo na praviśati / yaś ca praviśati sa paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāny (243v1 = GBM 6.799) ādāya / yadā gṛhavicayo bhavati tadā mama gṛhaṃ saptame divase pratyavekṣyate / niṣkāsaḥ praveśaś ca madgṛhaṃ pravekṣyatāṃ na vicāryata iti / mahānāmena gaṇasyāmrapālīsandeśo niveditaḥ / gaṇaḥ kathayaty evaṃ bhavatu / yat kathayati prathame skandhe gṛham iti / strīratnam asāv arhaty eva prathame skandhe gṛham* / yat kathayaty ekasmin praviṣṭe dvitīyena na praveṣṭavyam iti / etad api yuktam* / pratikruṣṭam etad vairāṇāṃ yaduta strīvairam* / yady ekasmin praviṣṭe dvitīyaḥ praviśati niyatam anyonyavipraghātiko bhaviṣyati / yat kathayati yaḥ praviśati tena paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāny ādāya praveṣṭavyam iti / etad api yuktam* / avaśyaṃ tasyā vastrālaṃkāreṇa prayojanam* / yat kathayati saptame divase gṛhavicayaḥ kartavya ity etad api yuktam* / pūrvaṃ vā kriyeta paścād vā ko 'tra virodhaḥ / yat kathayati niṣkāsaḥ praveśo vā manuṣyāṇāṃ na vicāraṇīya ity etad api yuktam* / veśyāsau / yadi puruṣāṇāṃ niṣkāsaḥ praveśo vā vicāryate kas tasyā gṛhaṃ pravekṣyati / tato gaṇena tasyāḥ paṃca varā dattāḥ / gaṇabhogyā saṃvṛttā / vaiśālakā licchavayas tasyā gṛhaṃ praveṣṭum ārabdhāḥ paricārayitum* / (MSV II 19) tatra keṣāṃcid uttaptaviṭatvāt sahadarśanād eva rāgo vigacchati / keṣāṃcit sparśanād eva / kaścit tayā puruṣakāryaṃ karoti / sā saṃlakṣayati / apumāṃsa ete / upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti / tayā nānādeśanivāsinaś citrakarā āhūya uktāḥ / bhavanto yena yādṛśo rājā vā rājamātro vā dhanī vā śreṣṭhī vā vaṇig vā sārthavāho vā dṛṣṭaḥ sa tat tādṛśaṃ bhittau likhatv iti / tair yathā dṛṣṭā likhitāḥ / tata āmrapālī nānālaṃkāravibhūṣitā citrakarma pratyavekṣate pṛcchati ca / ayaṃ bhavantaḥ kataraḥ / ayaṃ rājā pradyotaḥ / ayam aparaḥ kaḥ / rājā prasenajit kośalaḥ / ayam aparaḥ kaḥ / udayano vatsarājaḥ / ayam aparaḥ kaḥ / rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ / evaṃ sarve tayā pṛṣṭās tair api sarvaiḥ samākhyātāḥ / tatas tasyā sarvān pratyavekṣya bimbisāre dṛṣṭir nipātitā / sā saṃlakṣayati / yādṛśo 'sya puruṣasyārohapariṇāhaḥ śakṣyaty eṣa mayā sārdhaṃ paricārayitum iti / yāvad apareṇa samayena rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāra upari prāsādatalagato 'mātyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ satkathayā tiṣṭhati / bhavantaḥ kena kīdṛśī veśyā dṛṣṭā / gopaḥ kathayati / deva tiṣṭhantu tāvad anyāḥ / vaiśālyām āmrapālī nāma veśyā atīva rūpayauvanasaṃpannā catuḥṣaṣṭikalābhijñā devasyaivopabhogyā / sa kathayati / gopaḥ yady evaṃ gacchāmo vaiśālīṃ tayā sārdhaṃ paricārayāmaḥ / (MSV II 20) sa kathayati / devasya vaiśālakā licchavayo dīrgharātraṃ bādhakāḥ pratyarthinaḥ pratyamitrāḥ / mā te anarthaṃ kariṣyanti / rājā kathayati / bhavati khalu puruṣāṇāṃ puruṣasāhasam* / gacchāmaḥ / sa kathayati / yadi devasyāvaśyanirbandho gacchāmaḥ / sa ratham abhiruhya gopena sārdhaṃ vaiśālīṃ saṃprasthito 'nupūrveṇa vaiśālīṃ gataḥ / gopa udyāne sthitaḥ / rājā āmrapālyā gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ / yāvad ghaṇṭā (244r1 = GBM 6.800) raṭitum ārabdhā / vaiśālakā kṣubdhāḥ / bhavantaḥ ko 'py asmākam amitrakaḥ praviṣṭaḥ / ghaṇṭā raṭatīti / uccaśabdo mahāśabdo jātaḥ / rājā bimbisāra āmrapālīṃ pṛcchati / bhadre kim
etat* / deva gṛhavicayaḥ kriyate / kasyārthāya / devasya pratipattavyam* / kiṃ niṣpalāye / deva mā kāhalo bhava / saptame divase mama gṛhavicaya āpadyate / saptāhaṃ tāvat krīḍa ramasva paricāraya saptāhasyātyayāt kālajñā bhaviṣyāmīti / sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati yāvad āmrapālī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā / tadā bimbisārāya niveditam* / deva āpannasatvāsmi saṃvṛtteti / tena tasyā viralī aṅgulimudrā ca dattā / uktā ca / yadi dārikā bhavati tavaiva / atha dārakaḥ / etāṃ viralīṃ prāvṛtya (MSV II 21) aṅgulimudrāṃ ca grīvāyāṃ baddhvā matsakāśaṃ preṣayasi / sa nirgatya gopena sārdhaṃ ratham abhiruhya saṃprasthitaḥ / ghaṇṭā tūṣṇīm avasthitā / te kathayanti / bhavanto 'mitrako nirgataḥ samanveṣayāma iti / paṃca licchaviśatāni baddhagodhāṅgulitrāṇāni rājño bimbisārasya pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāni / gopena dṛṣṭāni / sa kathayati / deva vaiśālikā licchavaya āgatāḥ / kim ebhiḥ sārdhaṃ devo yudhyate / āhosvid rathaṃ vāhayasīti / sa kathayati / ahaṃ śrāntako rathaṃ vāhayāmi / tvam eva ebhiḥ sārdhaṃ yudhyasveti / sa taiḥ sārdhaṃ yoddhum ārabdhaḥ / vaiśālakaiḥ pratyabhijñātaḥ / te kathayanti / bhavantaḥ sa evāyaṃ puruṣarākṣaso nivartāmaha iti / te pratinivṛttā vaiśālīṃ gatāḥ saṃnipatya punaḥ kriyākāraṃ kṛtāḥ / bhavanta etad api vairam asmābhir bimbisāraputrāṇāṃ niryātayitavyam iti /
yāvan navānāṃ māsānām atyayād āmrapālī prasūtā / dārako jātaḥ / abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko yāvad unnītaś carito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ / sa vaiśālakair licchavidārakaiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍaṃs tair apriyam uktaḥ / bhavanto 'sya dāsīputrasya kaḥ pitā / anekaśatasahasranirjāto 'yam iti / sa prarudan mātuḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntas tayocyate / putra kimarthaṃ rodiṣīti / tena sarvaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam* / sā kathayati / putra yadi bhūyaḥ pṛcchanti vaktyavyās tādṛśo mama pitā yo yuṣmākam ekasyāpi nāstīti / yadi kathayanti / katara iti / vaktavyā rājā bimbisāra (MSV II 22) iti / yāvat sa tair sārdhaṃ bhūyaḥ krīḍitum ārabdhaḥ sa tais tathaivoktaḥ / sa kathayati / tādṛśo me pitā yo yuṣmākam ekasyāpi nāstīti / kataraḥ / rājā bimbisāraḥ / te bhūyasyā mātrayā tāḍayitum ārabdhāḥ / bhavanto yo 'smākaṃ śatruḥ so 'sya piteti / tena rudatā yathāvṛttaṃ mātur ākhyātam* / sā saṃlakṣayati / vaiśālakā licchavayo vyāḍā vikrāntāḥ / sthānam etad vidyate (244v1 = GBM 6.801) yad enaṃ pratighātayiṣyanti / sā caivaṃ cintāparā / saṃbahulāś ca vaṇijaḥ paṇyam ādāya rājagṛhaṃ saṃprasthitāḥ / tayā ta upalabdhā uktāś ca anenāṅgulimudreṇa bhāṇḍaṃ mudrayitvā gacchata / aśulkā gamiṣyatha / etaṃ ca dārakaṃ rājagṛhaṃ nayata / etad aṅgulimudrakaṃ grīvāyāṃ baddhā rājakuladvāre sthāpayiṣyatha / taiḥ pratijñātam* / evaṃ bhavatv iti / putro 'pi muktāhāraṃ datvābhihitaḥ / putra tvayā rājño 'rthādhikaraṇe niṣaṇṇasya muktāhāraṃ pādayoḥ sthāpayitvābhiruhyotsaṅge niṣattavyam* / yadi kaścit kathayati nāyaṃ dārako bibhetīti / sa vaktavyaḥ / asti kaścit putraḥ pitur bibhetīti / sa vaṇigbhiḥ sārdham anupūrveṇa rājagṛhaṃ gataḥ / taiḥ snapayitvāṅgulimudrakeṇālaṃkṛtya rājadvāre sthāpitaḥ / sa yena rājā tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya muktāhāraṃ pādayoḥ sthāpayitvotsaṅgam abhiniṣaṇṇaḥ / rājā kathayati / bhavanto nāyaṃ dārako bibhetīti / sa kathayati / tāta asti kaścit putraḥ pitur bibhetīti / tato rājñābhayaśabdena samudācarita iti / abhayo rājakumāro 'bhayo rājakumāra iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā /
(MSV II 23)
rājā bimbisāro 'tīva paradārābhirataḥ / upaiti hastiskandhābhirūḍho nagare rathyāḥ / ālolekṣaṇo 'nvāhiṇḍate / tena khalu samayena rājagṛhe 'nyataraḥ śreṣṭhī āḍhyo mahādhano mahabhogī / tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam* / pūrvavat paricārayati / so 'pareṇa samayena patnīm āmantrayate / bhadre gacchāmi paṇyam ādāya deśāntaram iti / sā kathayaty āryaputra evaṃ kuruṣveti / sa paṇyam ādāya deśāntaraṃ gataḥ / sopasṛṣṭāmbaravasanā kleśair bādhitum ārabdhā / rājā bimbisāro hastiskandhābhirūḍhas tasyā gṛhasamīpena gacchati / tayā ca vātāyanasthayā rājñaḥ sragdāmaṃ kṣiptam* / tato rājñā dṛṣṭā uktā ca / āgaccheti / sā kathayati / deva jihremi / tvam eva praviśeti / tato rājā praviṣṭaḥ / sa tayā sārdhaṃ paricārayati / sā tasmin samaye kalyāṇī ṛtumatī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā / taya rājñe niveditam* / deva āpannasatvāsmi saṃvṛttā / tato rājñā tasyāpi aṅgulimudrakañcitrā ca viralī dattā / uktā ca / yadi tāvad dārako bhavati / etāṃ viralikāṃ prāvṛtya aṅgulimudrakaṃ ca grīvāyāṃ baddhvā mama preṣayiṣyasi / atha dārikā tavaivety uktā / rājā prakrāntaḥ / yāvad asau sārthavāhaḥ saṃpannārthe rājagṛhasamīpam āgataḥ / tena patnyādi saṃdiṣṭaṃ bhadre prāmodyam utpādaya / svastitaḥ saṃpannārtho 'ham āgataḥ / kiyat tamair divasair (MSV II 24) āgata eveti / sā śrutvā kathitā / mayā evaṃ (245r1 = GBM 6.802) rūpam akṛtyaṃ kṛtaṃ sa cāgataḥ / katham atra pratipattavyam iti / tayā eṣa vṛttānto rājñe niveditaḥ / tato rājñā pratideśo dattaḥ / nirviśaṃkā tiṣṭha / ahaṃ tathā kariṣye yathā na śīghram āgamiṣyatīti / rājñā tasya dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ / sārthavāha mamāmukenāmukena ca ratnena prayojanam* / tena vinā tvayā iha na praveṣṭavyam iti / sa teṣāṃ ratnānām arthāya dūrataraṃ praviṣṭaḥ / sāpi navānāṃ māsānām atyayāt prasūtā / dārako jātaḥ / abhirūpo jātaḥ prāsādikaḥ / aśikṣitapaṇḍito mātṛgrāmaḥ / tayā peḍāyāṃ prakṣipya ghṛtasya madhunaś cāpyaṃ pūrayitvā aṃgulimudrakaṃ grīvāyāṃ baddhvā viralikayā pracchādya preṣyadārikā abhihitā / gaccha tvam etāṃ peḍāṃ rājakuladvāraṃ nītvā maṇḍalakaṃ kṛtvā pradīpaṃ prajvālya ekānte tiṣṭha yāvat kenacid gṛhīta iti / tayā yathākṛtaṃ yāvad rājā upari prāsādatalagato abhayena rājakumāreṇa sārdhaṃ tiṣṭhati / tena rājakuladvāre pradīpo dṛṣṭaḥ / tataḥ pauruṣeyāṇām ājñā dattā / paśyata bhavantaḥ kim eṣa rājakuladvāre pradīpo jvalatīti / tair dṛṣṭvā niveditam* / deva peḍā tiṣṭhatīti / sa kathayaty ānaya iti / abhayena ca rājakumāreṇābhihitam* / deva yad atra peḍāyāṃ tan mama dātum arhasīti / rājñā pratyabhijñāta evam astv iti / yāvad rājñā peḍā upanāmitā / rājā kathayaty udghāṭayata / udghāṭitā yāvad dārakaḥ / rājā kathayati /(MSV II 25) kim ayaṃ jīvaty āhosvin mṛta iti / taiḥ samākhyātaṃ jīvatīti / tato rājñā aṃgulimudrakaṃ viralikāṃ ca pratyabhijñāya abhayāya sa rājakumārāya dattaḥ / sa tenāpāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ / rājñā jīvakavādena samudācarito 'bhayena ca rājakumāreṇa bhṛta iti jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛto jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛta iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / yāvad apareṇa samayena jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛto mahān saṃvṛttaḥ / so 'bhayena sārdhaṃ saṃgaṇikayā tiṣṭhati / ajātaśatruḥ kumāro 'jñāta eva rājatve vyākṛtaḥ / vayam api kiṃcic chilpaṃ śikṣāmahe yad asmākam uttarakālaṃ jīvikā bhaviṣyatīti / tau caivaṃ mantrayitau / rathakāraś ca śuklavāsāḥ śuklavāsobhiḥ puruṣaiḥ parivṛto rājakulaṃ praviśati / so 'bhayena rājakumāreṇa dṛṣṭas tenānye ca rājapuruṣāḥ pṛṣṭāḥ ka eṣa iti / te ca kathayanti rathakāraḥ / kim eṣa labhate / vṛttim* / sa saṃlakṣayati / aham api rathakāratvaṃ śikṣe / devam avalokayāmīti / sa rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati / deva aham api rathakāratvaṃ śikṣe iti / rājā kathayati / putra kiṃ tavaiṣā jīvikā bhaviṣyatīti / tāta rājaputreṇa sarvaśilpāni śikṣitavyāni / putra yady evaṃ śikṣasva / (245v1 = GBM 6.803) rathakāratvaṃ sa śikṣayitum ārabdhaḥ / jīvakenāpi vaidyo dṛṣṭaḥ śuklavāsāḥ śuklavāsobhiḥ puruṣaiḥ parivṛto rājakulaṃ praviśan / tenāpare ca pṛṣṭāḥ ka eṣa iti / taiḥ samākhyātam* / vaidyaḥ / kim ayaṃ karoti / cikitsām* / yady āturo jīvaty abhisāraṃ labhate / (MSV II 26) atha preto na mārgyo na pṛcchyaḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / vaidyakaṃ śikṣeya iti / sa pituḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati / deva anujānīhi vaidyakam śikṣe iti / rājaputras tvaṃ kiṃ vaidyakatvena karoṣi / deva rājaputreṇa sarvaśilpāni śikṣitavyāni / putra yady evaṃ śikṣasva / sa vaidyakaṃ śikṣayitum ārabdhaḥ / tena vaidyakaṃ śikṣitam* / sa kapālīmocanīṃ tu vidyāṃ na jānāti / tena śrutaṃ takṣaśilāyām ātreyo nāma vaidyarājaḥ / sa kapālamocanīṃ vidyāṃ jānīte iti / sa rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati / deva gacchāmi takṣaśilām* / kimartham* / tatrātreyo nāma vaidyarājaḥ / sa kapālamocanīṃ vidyāṃ jānīte / tāṃ grahīṣyāmi / putra kiṃ nu tavaiṣā jīvikā / deva vaidyako 'thavā na śikṣitavyaḥ / athavā śikṣitaḥ kartavyaḥ / putra yady evaṃ gaccha / tena rājñe puṣkarasāriṇe saṃdiṣṭam* / eṣa mama putro vaidyakaṃ śikṣitum ātreyasya sakāśaṃ gacchaty asya sarvayogodvahanaṃ kartavyam iti / so 'nupūrveṇa takṣaśilām anuprāptaḥ / puṣkarasāriṇā ca lekhaṃ vācayitvā ātreyasya samarpitaḥ / eṣa rājaputras tvatsakāśam upetyāgato vaidyakam enaṃ śikṣayasveti / ātreyas tasyopadeśaṃ karoti / so 'lpataram upadiśati jīvakaḥ saviśeṣaṃ gṛhṇāty ācarati / ātreyasya yadā glānāvalokako gacchati tadā ekam ādāya gacchati / so 'pareṇa samayena jīvakam (MSV II 27) ādāya gataḥ / tenāturasya bhaiṣajyaṃ vyupadiṣṭam* / idaṃ cedaṃ dāsyatha / ity uktvā niṣkrāntaḥ / jīvakaḥ saṃlakṣayati / kṣīṇo 'yam upādhyāyaḥ / yady eṣa etad bhaiṣajyam
upayuṃkte adyaiva kālaṃ karoti / na śobhanam upādhyāyena vyupadiṣṭam* / upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti / sa ātreyeṇa sārdhaṃ niṣkramya punaḥ praviṣṭaḥ / kathayati / upādhyāya evam āha / yan mayā bhaiṣajyaṃ vyupadiṣṭaṃ tan na deyam idaṃ cedaṃ ca deyam iti / tais tathaiva kṛtam* / svasthībhūtaḥ / yāvad aparasmin divase punar apy ātreyasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ / pṛcchati kā vārtā / svasthībhūtaḥ / evaṃ punar apy etad eva deyam* / tat kiṃ yat pūrvam ādiṣṭam* āhosvit paścāt* / kiṃ mayā pūrvam ādiṣṭaṃ kiṃ vā paścāt* / taiḥ samākhyātam idaṃ tvayā sākṣād vyupadiṣṭaṃ idaṃ jīvakena saṃdiṣṭam iti / sa saṃlakṣayati / ham* jīvakaḥ prājña iti viditvā kathayati yad jīvakena vyupadiṣṭaṃ tad dātavyam iti / jīvakasyāntike anunaya utpannaḥ / sa yatra gacchati tatra jīvakam ādāya / te 'nye māṇavakāḥ kathayanty upādhyāya tvam asya rājaputra iti kṛtvā yatnato (246r1 = GBM 6.804) vyupadeśaṃ karoṣy asmākaṃ na karoṣīti / sa kathayati / jīvakaḥ prājñaḥ / alpaṃ vyupadiśāmi yat svaśaktyā vibhajati / yūyaṃ tu na tatheti / tena kathayanti upādhyāya kathaṃ jñāyate / yady evāhaṃ bhavatāṃ pratyakṣīkaromi / tena te māṇavakāḥ sarve vīthīṃ preṣitās tvayāmukasya dravyasya mūlyaṃ praṣṭavyaṃ tvayāmukasyeti / jīvako 'pi (MSV II 28) saṃdiṣṭas tvayāpy amukasyeti / tair māṇavakair yathāsaṃdiṣṭam evānuṣṭhitam* / jīvako yathāsaṃdiṣṭaṃ kṛtvā saṃlakṣayati / yady upādhyāyo 'nyasya dravyasya mūlyaṃ prakṣyati kiṃ mayā vaktavyam* / sarvathā sarvadravyāṇāṃ mūlyaṃ pṛcchāmīti / te sarve upādhyāyasakāśam āgatya yathāsaṃdiṣṭaṃ niveditavantaḥ / ātreyo 'saṃdiṣṭasya dravyasya mūlyaṃ praṣṭum ārabdhaḥ / māṇavaka amukasya dravyasya kiṃ mūlyam iti / sa kathayati / na jāne / apare pṛṣṭāḥ / kathayanti na jānīmaha iti / jīvakaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / tena sarvadravyāṇāṃ mūlyaṃ samākhyātam* / ātreyaḥ kathayati / māṇavakāḥ śrutaṃ vaḥ / śrutam* / ity artham ahaṃ kathayāmīti jīvakaḥ prājño 'ham alpaṃ vyapadiśāmy ayaṃ svaśaktyā vibhajatīti / bhūyo 'pi pratyakṣīkariṣyāmi / te tenoktā gacchata saralakaṃ parvatam abhaiṣajyam ānayateti / te gatās teṣāṃ yad yad abhaiṣajyam abhirucitaṃ tat tena gṛhītam* / jīvakaḥ saṃlakṣayati / nāsti kiṃcid abhaiṣajyam iti / tena śaramūlaṃ pāṣāṇavartikā ca gṛhītā / yāvajjīvakenārdhapathe gopāṃganā dṛṣṭā dadhighaṭakiṭālapiṇḍaṃ cādāyātreyasakāśaṃ saṃprasthitātīvākṣirogārtā / sā tena pṛṣṭā / kva gacchasīti / tayā samākhyātam* / tena tasyās tasminn eva sthāne saṃnihitabhaiṣajyaṃ vyupadiṣṭam* / tayā kṛtam* / sadyaḥ svasthībhūtā sābhiprasannā kathayati / ayaṃ te dadhighaṭaḥ kiṭālapiṇḍakaś ceti / tena kiṭālapiṇḍako gṛhīto dadhighaṭas tu tayā eva dattaḥ / sa (MSV II 29) kiṭālapiṇḍam ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ / yāvat tair māṇavakair antarmārge hastipadaṃ dṛṣṭam* / te taṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhāḥ / jīvakaś cāgataḥ kathayati / kim etat* / hastipadam* / naitad dhastipadam* / hastinyā etat padam* / sā ca dakṣiṇakāṇādyaiva kalabhakaṃ janayiṣyati / tatra strī abhirūḍhā / sāpi dakṣiṇakāṇā / gurviṇī / adyaiva putraṃ janayiṣyati / yāvad ātreyasakāśaṃ gataḥ / yena yadānītaṃ tat tenopadarśitam* / ātreyaḥ kathayati / māṇavakāḥ sarvam etad bhaiṣajyam etan tāvad udakenaivaṃ vidhināmukasya rogasya / evam anyāny apīti / jīvakaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / tvayā kim ānītam* / sa kathayaty upādhyāya sarvam eva bhaiṣajyaṃ nāsti kiñcid abhaiṣajyam* / api tu mayā śaramūlam ānītaṃ pāṣāṇavartikā kiṭālapiṇḍaś ceti / kim ebhiḥ prayojanam* / śaramūlair vṛścikaviddhasya dhūpo dīyate / kiṭālapiṇḍenopanāho dīyate / pāṣāṇaśarkarayā kāle dadhighaṭakā bhidyante / ātreyeṇa vipuṣpitam* / māṇavakāḥ saṃlakṣayanty upādhyāyo 'sya ruṣita iti / te kathayanty upādhyāya kim etad eva / asmābhir āgacchadbhir antarmārge hastipadaṃ dṛṣṭam* / eṣa kathayati / hastinyā etat padam* / sā ca dakṣiṇakāṇā / gurviṇī / adyaiva prasaviṣyati / kalabhakaṃ janayiṣyati / strī tatrābhirūḍhā / sāpi dakṣiṇakāṇā / gurviṇī / adyaiva prasaviṣyati / putraṃ janayiṣyatīti / (MSV II 30) ātreyaḥ pṛcchati satyam* / satyam upādhyāya / katham etad* jñāyate hastipadaṃ hastinyāḥ padam iti / sa kathayaty upādhyāya vayaṃ rājakule saṃvṛddhāḥ (246v1 = GBM 6.805) kathaṃ na jānīmaḥ / hastipadaṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ hastinyās tu dīrgham* / kathaṃ jñāyate dakṣiṇakāṇeti / vāmena pārśvena carantī gatā / kathaṃ jñāyate gurviṇīti / paścimau pādau nipīḍayanti gatā / kathaṃ jñāyate 'dyaiva prasaviṣyatīti / saśukraprasrāvaḥ kṛtaḥ / kathaṃ jñāyate kalabhakaṃ prasaviṣyatīti / bhūyasā dakṣiṇaṃ pādam abhipīḍayantī gatā / kathaṃ jñāyate tatra strī abhirūḍheti / avatīrya pādayor madhye prasrāvaḥ kṛtaḥ / kathaṃ jñāyate sāpi dakṣiṇakāṇeti / vāmena pārśvena puṣpāṇy ucinvantī gacchati / kathaṃ jñāyate sāpi gurviṇīti / bhūyasā pārṣṇiṃ nipīḍayantī gatā / kathaṃ jñāyate 'dyaiva prasaviṣyatīti / saśukraprasrāvaḥ kṛtaḥ / api tu yady upādhyāyasya vimarṣaḥ sa sārtho 'muṣmin pradeśe tatra kañcin māṇavaṃ preṣaya / tena māṇavaḥ preṣitaḥ / sarvaṃ tathaiva yathā jīvakena samākhyātam* / ātreyo māṇavakān āmantrayate / māṇavakāḥ śrutaṃ vaḥ / upādhyāya śrutam* / idṛśo jīvakaḥ prājñaḥ /
jīvakena sarvaṃ śikṣitaṃ sthāpayitvā kapālamocanīṃ vidyām* / yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣaḥ kapālavyādhinā spṛṣṭa ātreyasakāśaṃ gataḥ kathayaty ātreya mama cikitsāṃ kuru / sa kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa adya tāvad gartāṃ khānaya gomayaṃ ca samupānaya / śvo 'haṃ tava cikitsāṃ karomīti / jīvakena śrutam* / sa tasya pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ / bhoḥ (MSV II 31) puruṣa yat kiṃcid ahaṃ śikṣe sarvaṃ tat satvahitahetoḥ / mayā kapālamocanī na śikṣitā / sa tvaṃ samprati gupte sthāpaya yathā tava karma kriyamāṇaṃ paśyāmīti / sa kathayati / tathā bhavatv iti / sa tena pratigupte pradeśe sthāpitaḥ / tata ātreyeṇāgatya sa puruṣo gartāyāṃ nikhātaḥ / kapālamocanyā vidyayā kapālaṃ mocitam* / sa taṃ prāṇakaṃ saṃdaṃśena grahītum ārabdhaḥ / jīvakaḥ kathayaty upādhyāya mā sāhasaṃ kariṣyasi / adyaivāyaṃ kulaputraḥ kālaṃ kariṣyatīti / sa kathayati / jīvaka āgato 'si / sa kathayati / upādhyāyāgato 'ham* / tat katham ayaṃ prāṇakair grahītavyaḥ / upādhyāya saṃdaṃśaṃ tāpayitvā pṛṣṭhe spṛśa / pādau saṃkocayiṣyati / tato 'panayiṣyasīti / tena tathā kṛtam* / svasthībhūtaḥ / ātreyaḥ kathayati / jīvaka parituṣṭo 'haṃ snātvāgaccha kapālamocanīṃ vidyāṃ dāsyāmīti / sa snātvāgataḥ / tena tasya kapālamocanī vidyā dattā / uktañ ca / jīvakāsmākaṃ jīvikaiṣā na tvayeha viṣaye prayoktavyā / upādhyāya tathā bhavatu / jīvaka ātreyam upāmaṃtrya puṣkarasāriṇo rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatvopāmaṃtrayati / mayā vaidyakaṃ śikṣitam* / gacchāmīti / tena khalu samayena puṣkarasāriṇo rājñaḥ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣā viruddhāḥ / (MSV II 32) sa kathayati / jīvaka mama pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣā viruddhāṃs tāvat saṃnāmaya paścād yāsyasi / evam asmākaṃ lokayātrā kṛtā bhavati / yasmāt tvaṃ prājñaḥ śaktaś ceti / tena tasya pratijñātam* / tatas tena caturaṃgaṃ balakāyaṃ datvā preṣitaḥ / tena te pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ sannāmitāḥ / vandigograhakarapratyāyāṃś ca gṛhītvā svastitaḥ pratyāgataḥ / yathānītaṃ ca rājñe upanāmitam* / tena parituṣṭena tasyaivānumoditam* tenāpi ātreyāya dattam* /
tato jīvako 'nupūrveṇa bhadraṃkaraṃ nagaram anuprāptaḥ / tatraiva varṣārātram avasthitam* / tatra tena sarvabhūtarutaṃ nāma śāstraṃ śikṣitam* / sa bhadraṃkarān nagarāt saṃprasthitaḥ / (247r1 = GBM 6.806) anyatamaś ca puruṣaḥ kāṣṭhabhāram ādāya nagaraṃ praviśaty asthicarmāvaśeṣaḥ samantād gātreṇādharataḥ / sa jīvakena dṛṣṭa uktaś ca / bhoḥ puruṣa kena te īdṛśī samavasthā iti / sa kathayaty aham api na jāne / api tu mayā caiṣa cāṣṭhabhārako gṛhīto bhavati / mama cedṛśī samavasthā iti / sa dāruparīkṣāyāṃ kṛtāvī / sa kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa kim ayaṃ kāṣṭhabhārako vikrīyate / vikrīyate / kiyatā mūlyena / paṃcabhiḥ kārṣāpaṇaśataiḥ / tenāsau krītaḥ / tataḥ pratyavekṣatā sarvabhūtaprasādano nāma maṇir dṛṣṭaḥ / tasyedṛśaḥ prabhāvo yadā vyādhitasya purastāt sthāpyate tadā vyādhir yathābhūtā ca dṛśyate pradīpeṇeva gṛhagataṃ dravyam* /
(MSV II 33)
so 'nupūrveṇa udumbarikām anuprāptaḥ / tatrānyatama āḍhakamāpakaḥ puruṣaḥ / sa droṇaṃ māpayitvāḍhakena śirasi prahāraṃ dadāti / jīvakena dṛṣṭaḥ uktaś ca bhoḥ puruṣa kimartham eva karoṣi / śiro me atīva kaṇḍūyate / āgaccha paśyāmaḥ / tena tasya niṣadya śiro darśitam* / tato jīvakena sarvabhūtaprasādako maṇis tasya śirasi sthāpito yāvat paśyati śatapadīm* / tataḥ kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa tava śirasi śatapadī tiṣṭhatīti / sa pādayor nipatya kathayati cikitsāṃ me kuruṣveti / tena pratijñātam* / jīvakaḥ saṃlakṣayati / upādhyāyasyaivopadeśena cikitsām asya karomīti / sa tenoktaḥ / bhoḥ puruṣādya gartaṃ khānaya pāṣiṃ ca samupānaya cikitsāṃ kariṣyāmīti / sa padayor nipatya prakrāntaḥ / jīvakenāpy aparasmin divase sa puruṣo garte nikhāte nikhātya kapālamocanyā vidyayā kapālaṃ mocayitvā saptena saṃdaṃśena śatapadī spṛṣṭā / tayā pādāḥ saṃkocitāḥ / tatas tena saṃdaṃśena gṛhītvā kṣiptā / svasthībhūtaḥ / tena tasya paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni dattāni / tenātreyāya preṣitāni /
tato jīvako rohītakam anuprāptaḥ / rohītake 'nyatamasya gṛhapater udyānaṃ puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannam* / sa tatrātivādhyavasitaḥ kālaṃ kṛtvā tasminn evāmanuṣyakeṣūpapannaḥ / tasya putro gṛhasvāmī saṃvṛttaḥ / tena tasminn udyāne ārakṣakaḥ puruṣaḥ sthāpitaḥ / sa tenāmanuṣyakeṇa praghātitaḥ / dvitīyaḥ sthāpitaḥ / so 'pi praghātitaḥ / tena gṛhapatiputreṇa (MSV II 34) tad udyānam utsṛṣṭam* / yāvad anyatara udarī manuṣyaḥ sarvavaidyapratyākhyātas tad udyānaṃ gatvā rātriṃ vāsam upagataḥ / aho bata māmanuṣyakaḥ praghātayed iti / tasminn eva ca jīvako rātriṃ vāsam upagataḥ / yāvad asāv amanuṣyakas tam udariṇam abhidravitum ārabdhaḥ / sa jalodaro rogo niṣkramya kathayati / mayāyaṃ pūrvaṃ gṛhītaḥ / kimartham enam abhidravasi / nāsti te kaścit* chāgasaṭāyā dhūpaṃ dātā yena tvaṃ dvādaśa yojanāni niṣpalāyer iti / so 'pi kathayati / tavāpi nāsti kaścin mūlakabījam udaśvinā piṣṭā dātā yena tvaṃ khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ viśīryethā iti / jīvakena sarvaṃ śrutam* / sa kalyam evotthāya tasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / kathayati gṛhapate udyānaṃ puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaṃ kimartham utsṛṣṭam iti / gṛhapatināsya yathāvṛttam ārocitam* / sa kathayati / gṛhapate chāgalasaṭāyā dhūpaṃ dehi / (247v1 = GBM 6.807) dvādaśayojanāny amanuṣyako niṣpalāyati / gṛhapatinā chāgalasaṭāyā dhūpo dattaḥ / amanuṣyako dvādaśa yojanāni niṣpalāyitaḥ / tenāpi gṛhapatinā paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni jīvakāya dattāni / tāny api tenātreyāya preṣitāni /
tato jīvakena udarī pṛṣṭaḥ / bhoḥ puruṣa kimarthaṃ tvam atrāmanuṣyakādhyuṣite udyāne tiṣṭhasīti / tenāsya yathāvṛttam ārocitam* / (MSV II 35) jīvikenābhitam* / mūlakabījam udaśvinā piṣṭvā piva / svastho bhaviṣyatīti / tena pītam* / svasthībhūtaḥ / tenāpi puruṣeṇa paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni jīvakāya dattāni / tāny api tenātreyāya preṣitāni /
tato jīvako 'nupūrveṇa mathurām anuprāptaḥ / bahir mathurāyā vṛkṣamūle viśrāntaḥ / yāvan mallena mallo nihataḥ / tasyāntrāṇi parāvṛttāni / sa mṛta iti bahir niṣkāsyate / tasmiṃś ca vṛkṣe vṛdhriṇī sapotakā tiṣṭhati / sā taiḥ potakair ucyate / amba māṃsam anuprayaccheti / sā kathayati / putra kuto māṃsam* / te kathayanti / amba eṣa mallo mallena nihataḥ kālagato nīyate / putra jīvako 'tra vaidyarāja āgataḥ / sthānam etad vidyate yad enaṃ svasthīkariṣyati / amba kenaiṣa svastho bhavati / yady asya cūrṇair antrāṇi spṛśyante / jīvakena tat sarvaṃ śrutam* / tato 'sāv utthāya mṛtasakāśaṃ gatvā pṛcchati bhavantaḥ kim etad iti / te kathayanti / mallena mallo nihataḥ / kālagataḥ / jīvakaḥ kathayati / sthāpayata / paśyāmi / taiḥ sthāpitam* / tato jīvakena ca sarvabhūtaprasādakamaṇiḥ śirasi sthāpayitvā pratyavekṣitaḥ / yāvat paśyaty antrāṇi vyākulīkṛtāni / tena nāḍikāyāṃ cūrṇaṃ prakṣipya mukhe vāyunā preritam* / cūrṇenāntrāṇi spṛṣṭāni / svasthībhūtaḥ / tenāpi jīvakasya paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni dattāni / tenāpy ātreyāya preṣitāni /
(MSV II 36)
mathurāyām anyatamo gṛhapatiḥ / tasya patnī rūpayauvanasaṃpannā / sa tasyām atyartham adhyavasitaḥ kālagataḥ / tasyām eva yonau kṛmiḥ prādurbhūtaḥ / sā yena sārdhaṃ paricārayati sa kālaṃ karoti / tatas tayā sārdhaṃ na kaścit paricārayati / tayā śrutaṃ jīvako vaidya ihāgataḥ iti / sā tasya sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati / jīvaka mama vyādhir asti / cikitsāṃ kuru / jīvakas tāṃ dṛṣṭvā kathālāpaṃ ca śrutvā saṃraktaḥ kathayati / samayataḥ cikitsāṃ karomi yadi ca mayā sārdhaṃ paricārayasīti / sā kathayati / jihremi / sa kathayati / nāsti te 'nyathā cikitsā / nāsty ātmasamaṃ prema / tayā pratijñātam* / tatas tayātmanā nagnībhūtā / yonidvāre māṃsapeśī dattā / tato 'sau kṛmis tasyāṃ lagnaḥ / sa tena gṛhītvā kṣiptaḥ / svasthībhūtā / sā kāmarāgādhyavasitā nimittam upadarśayati / sa karṇau pidhāya kathayati bhaginī tvaṃ mama / tavaiṣā cikitseti mayaivaṃ kṛtam iti / tayā tasmai paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni dattāni / tāny apy tenātreyāya preṣitāni /
tato jīvako 'nupūrveṇa yamunātaṭam anuprāptaḥ / tena tatra mānuṣakuṇapaṃ dṛṣṭam* / tasya matsyaiḥ pārṣṇipradeśaṃ snāyujālam ākṛṣyate / so 'kṣiṇī unmīlayati nimīlayati ca / jīvakena tat sarvam upalakṣitaṃ yathā sandhibandhāyāḥ snāyugulphādayaḥ (248r1 = GBM 6.808) evam avasthitā iti /
(MSV II 37)
so 'nupūrveṇa vaiśālīṃ gataḥ / yāvan mallena mallasya talaprahāreṇākṣipelāṃkolaṃbhitaḥ / sa jīvakasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ / tena tasyāṃ pārṣṇyāṃ snāyujālam ākṛṣya praveśitam* / tena tasya paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni dattāni / tenābhayasya mātur dattāni /
vaiśālyām anyatamaḥ puruṣaḥ / tasya śatapadī karṇaṃ praviṣṭā / sā tatra prasutā / saptaśatāny apatyānāṃ jātāni / sa karṇaśūlābhyāhato jīvakasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ / cikitsāṃ kuruṣveti / jīvakaḥ saṃlakṣayati / pūrvaṃ mayā upādhyāyopadeśena karma kṛtam idānīṃ svamatena karma kariṣyāmīti / tenāsau puruṣo 'bhihitaḥ / gaccha bhoḥ puruṣa patramaṇḍapaṃ kārayata / nīlair vastrair veṣṭayitvāsyādhastād bherīṃ sthāpaya / bhṛmiṃ ca tāpaya iti / tena yathāsaṃdiṣṭaṃ sarvam anuṣṭhitam* / tato jīvakena taṃ puruṣaṃ bhūmau nipātayitvā sā bhūmir udakena siktā / tato bherī parāhatā / śatapadī prāvṛṭkāla iti kṛtvā niṣkrāntā / tato jīvakena karṇamūle māṃsapeśī sthāpitā / sā punaḥ praviṣyāpatyāni gṛhītvā nirgatā / sahāpatyair māṃsapeśyāṃ siktā / tato jīvakena sā māṃsapeśīcchoritā / sa puruṣa svasthībhūtaḥ / tena paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni dattāni / tāny api tenābhayasya mātur dattāni /
(MSV II 38)
so 'nupūrveṇa rājagṛhaṃ gataḥ / rājñā bimbisāreṇa śrutaṃ yathā jīvaka āgata iti / tenājātaśatroḥ kumārasyājñā dattā putra bhrātā te āgacchati pratyudgamako gaccheti / sa pratyudgataḥ / jīvakena śrutaṃ yathā ajātaśatruḥ kumāraḥ pratyudgacchatīti / sa saṃlakṣayati / yady aham asya pratyudgamanaṃ svīkariṣyāmīti yadā rājā bhaviṣyati tadānarthaṃ me kariṣyatīti / sa parāvṛtyānyena dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ / apareṇa samayena jīvako mahājanakāyaparivṛto vyākṣiptacitto gacchati / tāvad anyataro brāhmaṇo 'kṣirogārto jīvakasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ / bhaiṣajyaṃ me vyapadiśeti / tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇoktaḥ / bhasmanā pūraya iti / tena ṛjukena bhasmanā pūritam* / svasthībhūtaḥ /
aparasyāpy akṣirogaḥ / sa jīvakasakāśaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ / tena brāhmaṇena dṛṣṭaḥ pṛṣṭaś ca / bhoḥ puruṣa kva gacchasīti / tena yathābhūtam ākhyātam* / sa kathayati / kiṃ te jīvakena / yat tena mamopadiṣṭaṃ tat kuruṣveti / śraddadhāno 'sau / tena bhasmanā pūrite andhībhūtaḥ /
apareṇa samayena rājño bimbisārasya mūrdhni piṭako jātaḥ / tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā / bhavanta āhūyatāṃ vaidya iti / amātyair āhūtaḥ / rājñābhihitaḥ / bhavanto mūrdhni piṭako jātaḥ / cikitsāṃ kuruṣveti / te kathayanti / deva jīvike mahāvaidye 'vatiṣṭhamāne kathaṃ vayaṃ kariṣyāmaḥ / rājā kathayaty āhūyatāṃ bhavanto jīvakaḥ / tair āhūtaḥ / rājā kathayati / jīvaka cikitsāṃ kuruṣveti / jīvakaḥ kathayati / deva samayataḥ karomi yady aham eva devaṃ snapayāmi / evaṃ kuru / tato (MSV II 39) jīvakenāmalakaṃ dadatā pācanīyāni dravyāṇi dattāni / paṃca ca ghaṭaśatāni pācanīyair dravyair bhāvitāni / yadā pakvaḥ tadā pracchannaṃ kṣureṇa spṛṣṭaḥ sphuṭitaḥ / tato rohiṇīyāni dravyāṇi dattāni / paṃca ghaṭaśatāni rohiṇīyair dravyair bhāvitāni / tad vraṇaṃ rūḍhaṃ samacchavi samaromaṃ saṃvṛttam* / rājā snātamātraḥ kathayati / jīvaka cikitsāṃ kuruṣveti / sa kathayati / deva bhuṃkṣva / (248v1 = GBM 6.809) tāvad rājñā bhuktam* / jīvaka cikitsāṃ kuru / deva kṛtā / sa tadante pāṇinā parāmārṣṭi / na saṃjānīte katarasmin pradeśe vraṇam iti / ādarśaṃ gṛhītvā vyavalokayati tathāpi na paśyati / devīṃ pṛcchati / sāpi na saṃjānīte katarasmin pradeśe vraṇam āsīd iti / rājā paraṃ vismayam āpanna amātyānāṃ kathayati / bhavato jīvakasya vaidyarājābhiṣekaṃ kuruteti / so 'ndhaḥ puruṣaḥ kathayati / deva kiṃ putrasnehād asyābhiṣekaḥ kriyate / āhosvid vaidyavaicakṣaṇyād iti / sa kathayati / vaidyacaikṣaṇyāt* / yady evam aham evānenāndhīkṛtaḥ / jīvakaḥ kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa tavāhaṃ darśanam api na samanupaśyāmi kutaḥ svasthīkariṣyāmi / sa kathayati / satyam etad api tu yasya tvayopadeśaḥ kṛtas tena mamopadiṣṭam* / kim upadiṣṭam* / amukam* / jīvakaḥ kathayati / tasyānyo dhātuḥ / tavāpy anyaḥ / idānīm idaṃ cedaṃ ca kuru / svasthībhaviṣyasīti / tena kṛtam* / (MSV II 40) svasthībhūtaḥ / kathayati / deva kriyatām asya vaidyarājābhiṣeka iti / sa hastiskandhābhirūḍho mahatā śrīsamudayena vaidyarājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ /
rājagṛhe 'nyatamo gṛhapatir gulmavyādhinā spṛṣṭaḥ / sarvavaidyapratyākhyātaḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / jīvakasya sakāśaṃ gacchāmīti / yadi cikitsāṃ kariṣyaty atīva kuśalaṃ no ced ātmānaṃ ghātayiṣyāmīti / sa jīvakasakāśaṃ gataḥ / jīvaka cikitsāṃ me kuru / sa kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa durlabhāni tava bhaiṣajyānīti / sa saṃlakṣayati / jīvakenāpy ahaṃ pratyākhyātaḥ / kim atra prāptakāla ātmānaṃ ghātayiṣyāmīti / śmaśānaṃ gataḥ / tatra citāyāṃ jvalantyāṃ babhrunakulaś candanagodhā ca yudhyamānau patitau / tena kṣudhārtena tāv ubhāv api bhakṣitau / devaś ca vṛṣṭaḥ / śmaśānāt pragharat tac citodakaṃ pītam* / śmaśānasya nātidūre gokulam* / tatra gatvā kodravodanaṃ mathitaṃ ca pītam* / gulmaḥ sphuṭitaḥ / ūrdhvam adhaś ca virikto yathā paurāṇaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ /
apareṇa samayena vaidehyā guhyapradeśe piṭako jātaḥ / tayā rājñe niveditam* / rājñā jīvako 'bhihitaḥ / aparamātuś cikitsāṃ kuruṣveti / tena pratijñātam* / tataḥ satkūn piṇḍīkṛtya dhātryā dattāḥ / asyāntike niṣādayitavyeti / tayā sā niṣāditā / jīvakena satkupiṇḍaṃ dṛṣṭā saṃlakṣitaḥ / amuṣmin pradeśe iti / tataḥ pācanīyāni dravyāṇi dattāni / pakvaṃ jñātvā satkupiṇḍamadhye śastrakaṃ prakṣipya dhātryābhihitā / asyāntike īṣan niṣādayitavyā devī / niṣadyākāśe dhārayitavyeti / tayā tathākṛtam* / śastrasaṃpātasamakālam (MSV II 41) eva piṭakaḥ sphuṭitaḥ / tato rohaṇīyadravyaparibhāvitena kaṣāyāmbhasā śocitaḥ / rohiṇīyāni dravyāṇi dattāni / svasthībhūtā / jīvako rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / rājā kathayati / jīvaka kṛtā te 'paramātuś cikitsā / deva kṛtā / mā te vinagnā dṛṣṭā / deva na dṛṣṭā / kathaṃ kṛtā / tena yathāvṛttam ārocitam* / rājā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ / tenāmātyā uktāḥ / dvir api jīvakasya vaidyarājābhiṣekaṃ kurutheti / yo 'sau gulmī puruṣo jīvakenābhihito durlabhāni bhaiṣajyānīti sa kathayati / deva kiṃ putrasnehād asyābhiṣekaḥ kriyate / āhosvid vaidyavaicakṣaṇyāt* / vaidyavaicakṣaṇyāt* / yady evam aham anena na svasthīkṛtaḥ / jīvakaḥ kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa na mayā tava cikitsā kṛtā / api (249r1 = GBM 6.810) tu mayoktaṃ durlabhāni te bhaiṣajyānīti / sa kathayati / kīdṛśāni mama bhaiṣajyānīti / jīvakaḥ kathayati / yadi kṛṣṇacaturdaśyām ekapiṇḍalaḥ puruṣaḥ kālaṃ karoti / tasya śmaśāne dhmāpyamānasya babhrunakulaś candanagodhā ca citāyāṃ patitaḥ / tau tvaṃ bhakṣayasi / mahendro devo varṣati / śmaśānāc ca pragharitaṃ codakaṃ pibasi / tataḥ kodravodanaṃ bhuṃkṣe mathitaṃ ca pibasi evaṃ tvaṃ svastho bhavasy etan matvā mayoktaṃ durlabhāni te bhaiṣajyānīti / sa kathayati / sādhu suṣṭhu parijñātam* / etad eva mayopayuktam* / tato 'bhiprasannaḥ kathayati / deva śakyo 'sya vaidyarājābhiṣekaḥ / abhiṣicyatām iti / dvir api vaidyarājye 'bhiṣiktam* /
(MSV II 42)
yadā ajātaśatruṇā devadattakalyāṇamitravigrāhitena pitā dhārmiko dharmarājo jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ tadāsya gulmarogaḥ prādurbhūtaḥ / tena vaidyānām ājñā dattā / cikitsāṃ kuruṣveti / te kathayanti / deva jīvako 'nuttaro vaidyarājo devasya bhrātā / tasmin sthite kā śaktir asmākaṃ cikitsāṃ kartum iti / tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā / āhūyatāṃ bhavanto jīvaka iti / tair āhūtaḥ / jīvaka gulmarogo me prādurbhūtaḥ / cikitsāṃ kuruṣveti / deva karomi / sa saṃlakṣayati / dvābhyāṃ kāraṇābhyāṃ gulmo bhidyate / atyantaharṣeṇa vā atyantaroṣeṇa vā / tad ayaṃ pāpakārī satvaḥ / kuto 'syātyantaharṣaḥ / sarvathā roṣayitavya iti viditvā kathayati / deva samayena cikitsāṃ karomi / yady udāyibhadrasya kumārasya māṃsaṃ paribhuṃkṣveti / śrutvā rājā ruṣitaḥ kathayati / śobhanam* / mayā pitā jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ / tvam apy udāyibhadraṃ jīvitād vyaparopaya / aham api svayam eva rogeṇa kālaṃ kariṣyāmi / tvam api rājā bhaviṣyasīti / sa kathayati / deva eṣā cikitsā / na śakyam anyathā svasthena bhavitum iti / nāsty ātmasamaṃ prema / tenābhyupagatam* / tato jīvakena udāyibhadra kumāraḥ sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣitaḥ kṛtvā rājña upanāmitaḥ / deva ayam udāyibhadraḥ kumāraḥ sunirīkṣitam enaṃ kuru / na bhūyo drakṣyasīti / tatas tenopadarśya gṛhaṃ nītvā sthāpitaḥ / tato jīvako māṃsārthī śītavanaṃ śmaśānaṃ gataḥ / aśūnyaṃ ca śītavanaṃ śmaśānaṃ mṛtakuṇapena / (MSV II 43) tatas tena kuṇapamāṃsaṃ gṛhītvopakaraṇaviśeṣaiḥ sādhayitvā bhojanakāle rājña upanāmitam* / tato rājā ajātaśatruḥ māṃsaśarāvaṃ gṛhītvā bhakṣayiṣyāmīti jīvakenācchidya kapole prahāro dattaḥ / pāpakārin tvayā pitā dhārmiko dharmarājo jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ / idānīṃ putramāṃsam api bhakṣayasīti / sa ruṣitaḥ kathayati / yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ praghātitaḥ / saṃjātāmarṣasya cāsya gulmaḥ sphuṭitaḥ ūrdhvam adhaś ca viriktaḥ / sa rudhira eva mukhenāgataḥ / yaṃ dṛṣṭvā mūrcchitaḥ pṛthivyāṃ patitaḥ / tato jalābhiṣekapratyāgataprāṇaṃ snapayitvā sāṃpreyabhojanaṃ dattam* / yathā paurāṇaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / tato jīvaka udāyibhadraṃ kumāraṃ sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣitam ādāya rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / pādayor nipatya kathayati / deva ayam udāyibhadraḥ kumāro na śakyaṃ mayā kuntapipīlakam api prāṇinaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayituṃ (249v1 = GBM 6.811) prāg eva kumāram* / api tv anenopāyena cikitseti mayopāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kṛtam iti / rājā paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ / tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā / jīvakasya vaidyarājābhiṣekaṃ kuruṣveti / amātyair hastaskandhābhirūḍho mahatā śrīsamudayena trir api vaidyarājābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ /
(MSV II 44)
tato jīvakasya mada utpannaḥ / na mayā samaḥ kaścid vaidyo 'sti / ahaṃ kāyacikitsakānām agraḥ / bhagavān api cittacikitsakānām agra iti / so 'pareṇa samayena bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / sa madāvalepena satyāni na paśyati / bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / jīvako vaidyarāja āhṛtakuśalamūlaḥ kimarthaṃ satyāni na paśyati / madāvalepanāt* / madāpanayo 'sya kartavya iti / tatra bhagavān jīvakaṃ vaidyarājam āmantrayate / dṛṣṭas te jīvaka himavatparvatarājaḥ / no bhadanta / gṛhāṇa tathāgatasya cīvarakarṇakaḥ / tena gṛhītam* / atha bhagavān jīvakaṃ vaidyarājam ādāya yena himavān parvatarājas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / tatra nānāvidhauṣadhayo dīpavaj jvalanti / bhagavāṃ jīvakaṃ vaidyarājam idam avocat* / gṛhāṇa jīvaka yathābhipretā oṣadhīḥ / bhagavan bibhemi / tatra bhagavān yakṣaṃ vajrapāṇim āmantrayate / gaccha vajrapāṇe jīvakasyārakṣāṃ kuru / sa gatas tena nānāvidhā oṣadhayo gṛhītāḥ / bhagavān kathayati / jīvaka kiṃ nāmeyam oṣadhiḥ / sa kathayati / bhagavann amukā / anena vidhānenāmukasya vyādher upaśamanīti / iyam apy amukā / amukasya vyādheḥ praśamanīti / aparāsāṃ nāmāni na jānīte / yāṃ na jānīte tāṃ bhagavān kathayati / jīvaka iyam amukā / amukena vidhānenāmukasya vyādheḥ praśamanī / iyam apy amukasyeti / jīvakaḥ kathayati / vaidyakam api bhagavān jānīta iti / tatra bhagavān jīvakaṃ vaidyarājam āmantrayate / caturbhir jīvakāṅgaiḥ samanvāgato (MSV II 45) bhiṣak chalyāhartā rājārhaś ca bhavati rājayogyaś ca rājāṅgatve ca saṃkhyāṃ gacchati / katamaiś caturbhir iha bhiṣak chalyāhartā / ābādhakuśalo bhavati / ābādhasamutthānakuśalaś ca / utpannasyābādhasya prahāṇakuśalaḥ / prahīṇasyāyatyām anutpādakuśalaḥ / katham ābādhakuśalo bhavati / iha bhiṣak chalyāhartābādhaṃ jānāty ayam ābādha evaṃrūpaś caivaṃrūpaś cety evam ābādhakuśalo bhavati / katham ābādhasamutthānakuśalo bhavati / iha bhiṣak chalyāhartābādhaṃ jānāty ayam ābādho vātasamuttho vā vipattisamuttho vā śleṣmasamuttho vātmopakramiko vā paropakramiko vā sāṃnipātiko vā ṛtupariṇāmiko vety evam ābādhasamutthānakuśalo bhavati / katham utpannasyābādhasya prahāṇakuśalo bhavati / iha bhiṣak chalyāhartābādhaṃ jānāty ayam ābādho 'ṃjanena vā pratyaṃjanena vā vāmanena vā virecanena vordhvavirecanena vādhovirecanena vā nastakarmaṇā vā dhūpadānena vā svedaparikarmaṇā vā prahāsyatīty evam utpannasyābādhasya prahāṇakuśalo bhavati / kathaṃ prahīṇasyābādhasyāyatyām anutpādakuśalo bhavati / iha bhiṣak chalyāhartābādhaṃ jānāty ayam ābādha (250r1 = GBM 6.812) evaṃrūpābhiś caivaṃrūpābhiś ca sāṃpreyābhiḥ kriyābhiḥ kriyamāṇābhiḥ prahīṇa āyatyāṃ notpatsyata ity evaṃ prahīṇasyābādhasyāyatyām anutpādakuśalo (MSV II 46) bhavati / evaṃ caturbhir aṃgaiḥ samanvāgato bhiṣak chalyāhartā rājārhaś ca bhavati rājayogyaś ca rājāṃgatve ca saṃkhyāṃ gacchati / evam eva caturaṃgaiḥ samanvāgatas tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho 'nuttaro bhiṣak chalyāhartā ity ucyate / katamaiś caturbhiḥ / iha jīvaka tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ / idaṃ duḥkham āryasatyam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti / idaṃ duḥkhasamudaya idaṃ duḥkhanirodha idaṃ duḥkhanirodhagāminīpratipad āryasatyam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti / na khalu jīvaka bhiṣak chalyāhartā jātimūlakānāṃ duḥkhānāṃ prahāṇāya bhaiṣajyaṃ jānāti / nāpi jarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsamūlakānāṃ duḥkhānāṃ prahāṇāya bhaiṣajyaṃ jānāti / tathāgatas tu jīvaka jātimūlakānāṃ duḥkhānāṃ prahāṇāya bhaiṣajyaṃ jānāti / jarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsamūlakānāṃ duḥkhānāṃ prahāṇāya bhaiṣajyaṃ jānāti / tasmāt tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho 'nuttaro bhiṣak chalyāhartety ucyate / asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe jīvakasya kumārabhṛtyasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam* / atha jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛto dṛṣṭadharmā prāptadharmā viditadharmā paryavagāḍhadharmā tīrṇakāṃkṣas tīrṇavicikitso 'parapratyayo 'nanyaneyaḥ śāstuḥ śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāptaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat* / abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadantābhikrāntaḥ / eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṃghāṃ copāsakaṃ ca / māṃ dhārayādyāgreṇa (MSV II 47) yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇagatam abhiprasannam* / atha jīvako vaidyarājo bhagavata pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ /
himavān parvatarājo himasaṃyogān nityaṃ śītalo bhagavataḥ sābhiṣyandaṃ glānam utpannam* / jīvako vaidyarājaḥ saṃlakṣayati / svayam evāhaṃ bhagavata upasthānaṃ karomi tadyathā rājñaś cakravartina iti / tato jīvakena dvātriṃśad utpalāni sraṃsanīyair dravyair bhāvayitvā bhagavate dattāni / jighratu bhagavān etānīti / bhagavatā ghrātāni / dvātriṃśad evotthānāni labdhāni / tato bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / kaścid bhagavān samyagvirikta iti / bhagavān āha / santi jīvaka te doṣāḥ / ye cyutā na srutāḥ santi / srutā na cyutāḥ santi / srutāś cyutāś ca santi / naiva srutā na cyutā iti / jīvakaḥ kathayati / bhagavan yady evaṃ guḍaharītakīṃ bhakṣaya / maṇḍānupūrvīṃ ca kuruṣveti / bhagavatā tathākṛtam* svastho jātaḥ /
ācaritaṃ jīvakasya yasya kasyacid rājño vā rājamātrasya vā cikitsāṃ karoti sa tasmai grāmaṃ vā grāmavaraṃ vā prayacchati / yāvad apareṇa samayena jīvakena videharājasya cikitsā kṛtā / tena tasmai śatasahasramūlyaṃ bṛhatikāprāvaraṇaṃ dattam* / sa tam ādāya (MSV II 48) yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekānte (250v1 = GBM 6.813) niṣaṇṇo jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛto bhagavantam idam avocat* / ācaritaṃ bhadanta mama yasya rājño vā rājamātrasya vā cikitsāṃ karomi sa me grāmaṃ vā grāmavaraṃ vānuprayacchati / tan mayā videharājasya cikitsā kṛtā / tena me śatasahasramūlyaṃ bṛhatikāprāvaraṇaṃ dattam* / tad ahaṃ bhagavate 'nuprayacchāmi / tad bhagavān pratigṛhṇātv anukampām upādāyeti / pratigṛhṇāti bhagavāṃ jīvakasya kumārabhṛtasyāntikāc chatasahasramūlyaṃ bṛhatikāprāvaraṇam* / tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito 'bhūd vyajanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavantaṃ vījayan* / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / gṛhāṇānanda śatasahasramūlyaṃ bṛhatikāprāvaraṇaṃ mamārthāya śastralūnaṃ kuruṣveti / tata āyuṣmān ānando gṛhītvā vistīrṇāvakāśaṃ pṛthivīpradeśaṃ gatvā māpayitum ārabdhaḥ / paśyati bahūni cīvarāṇi saṃpadyante / tatas tena bhagavatas tricīvaraṃ kṛtam ātmanaḥ sāntarottaram āyuṣmataś ca rāhulasya kusūlakaḥ / taṃ khalu varṣāvāsaṃ bhagavataḥ paṃca paṭaśatāni saṃpannāni / bhikṣusaṃghasya cānekāni / bhikṣavo na jānīte kathaṃ pratipattavyam iti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / tasmād anujānāmi / bhikṣubhir gṛhapaticīvarakāṇi śastralūnāni durvarṇīkṛtya dhārayitavyāni /
(MSV II 49)
ācaritaṃ rajño bimbisārasya bhikṣuṃ vā bhikṣuṇīṃ vā dṛṣṭvā hastiskandhād avatīrya pādābhivandanaṃ karoti / so 'pareṇa samayena hastinam abhiruhya bhagavataḥ pādābhivandakaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ / yāvat paśyaty antarmārge ājīvakam* / sa tasya jātasaṃbhramo hastiskandhād avatīrya pādayor nipatitaḥ / tatra ye aśrāddhās te saṃlakṣayanti / na kevalaṃ devo bhikṣuṣv evābhiprasannaḥ / ājīvakeṣv apy abhiprasanna iti / ye tu śrāddhās te saṃlakṣayanti / nūnaṃ devo bhikṣur iti kṛtvā sasaṃbhramo 'sya hastiskandhād avatīrya pādayor nipatita iti / te sandigdhamanaso rājānam ūcuḥ / kasya devena vandanā kṛtā / bhagavataḥ śrāvakasya / deva ājīvaka eṣa na bhagavataḥ śrāvakaḥ / atha rājño bimbisārasyaitad abhavat* / etad eva me karaṇīyaṃ bhavatv iti / sa yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇo rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ bhagavantam idam avocat* / ācaritaṃ mama bhadanta bhikṣuṃ vā bhikṣuṇīṃ vā dṛṣṭvā hastiskandhād avatīrya tasya pādābhivandanāṃ kartum* / tad ahaṃ saṃjātasaṃbhramo hastiskandhād avatīrya kṛtvā ājīvakasya pādayor nipatitaḥ / aho bata bhagavann āryakāṇāṃ cīvarakeṣu kiṃcic cihna prajñāpayed anukampām upādāyeti / adhivāsayati bhagavān rājño bimbisārasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha rājā bimbisāro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā prakrāntaḥ / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma haṃbho (MSV II 50) bhikṣavaḥ sa ājīva upahataś ca yena dṛṣṭasatyasyāntikād vandanā svīkṛteti / (251r1 = GBM 6.814)
tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito 'bhūd vyajanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavantaṃ vījayan* / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / dṣṭas te ānanda vaidehakaḥ parvataḥ / no bhadanta / gṛhāṇa tathāgatasya cīvarakarṇakam* / tena gṛhītam* / atha bhagavān tata eva riddhyā upari vihāyasā prakrāntaḥ / rājagṛhe 'ntarhito vaidehake parvate prātiṣṭhata / tena khalu samayena māgadhakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ kṣetrāṇi samāni samopavicārāṇi āvalīvinibaddhāni bhaktiracanāviśeṣavicitrāṇi dṛṣṭvā ca punar āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / dṛṣṭāni te ānanda etāni kṣetrāṇi samāni samopavicārāṇy āvalīvinibaddhāni bhaktiracanāviśeṣavicitrāṇi / dṛṣṭāni bhadanta / tasmād ānanda anenākāreṇa bhikṣubhiś cīvarāṇi chitvā setavyāni / sthavirānandena bhikṣūṇām ārocitam* / yuṣmābhir anenākāreṇa cīvarakāni pāṭayitvā setavyānīti / bhikṣavaḥ pāṭayitvā cīvarāṇi setum ārabdhāḥ / ekena pārśvena patramukhāni pātayanti / na śobhante / āyuṣmān ānandaḥ saṃlakṣayati / kiṃcāpi bhagavatā nānujñātam* / (MSV II 51) sthānam etad vidyate yad etad eva pratyayaṃ kṛtvā anujñāsyatīti / tenobhayapārśvayoḥ patramukhāni dattāni / tathāpy anupātaṃ vinā na śobhate ity anupāto dattaḥ / tataḥ kṛtaniścitaṃ bhagavata upanāmitam* / bhagavān āha / sādhu sādhv ānanda yan mayā nānujñātaṃ tat tvayā vijātam* / tasmād anujānāmi bhikṣubhir anenākāreṇa cīvarāṇi chitvā sevitavyāni / bhikṣava evaikaṃ cīvaraṃ chitvā syūtvā dhāvayituṃ pravṛttāḥ / avaśiṣṭāny acchinnāni /
tato bhagavān magadheṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ carann āṭavikām anuprāptaḥ / āṭavikāyāṃ viharaty agrāṭavike dāve / āṭavikā nadī samīpasaṃyogāc chītalā pravātā ca / bhagavatā prathame yāme antarvāsaḥ prāvṛtaḥ / madhyame yāme uttarāsaṅgaḥ / paścime yāme āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / anuprayaccha me ānanda saṃghāṭīm iti / tata āyuṣmatānandena hastau prakṣālya bhagavata upariṣṭād dattā saṃghāṭī / sā rātrir bhagavatā tricīvareṇātināmitā / tataḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ saṃlakṣayati / ye kecil loke sukumārakāḥ sukhaiṣiṇaḥ / ahaṃ teṣām agraḥ / tad ahaṃ śaknomi tricīvareṇa yāpayituṃ kiṃ punar me śrāvakā iti viditvā bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo bhikṣubhiś chinnaṃ tricīvaraṃ dhārayitavyam iti /
(MSV II 52)
uktaṃ bhagavatā chinnaṃ tricīvaraṃ dhārayitavyam iti / anyatamasya bhikṣos tricīvaraṃ nāsti / tasya namataṃ saṃpannam* / sa tac chettum ārabdhaḥ / bhagavāṇś ca taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ pṛcchati / bhikṣo kim idam* / uktaṃ bhadanta bhagavatā bhikṣuṇā chinnaṃ tricīvaraṃ dhārayitavyam iti / mama (251v1 = GBM 6.815) tṛtīyaṃ cīvaraṃ nāsti / paryeṣamāṇasya me idaṃ namataṃ saṃpannam* / chitvā cīvaraṃ karomi / naitad bhikṣo chedanārham api tv āsīvakārham* / sīvakaṃ kṛtvā dhāraya / ity uktā prakrāntaḥ / bhikṣusaṃghaṃ sannipātya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / amukasya bhikṣavo bhikṣoś cīvaraṃ nāstīti namataṃ chedayatīti / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ paṃcāchedyāni / sarvaṃ namataṃ / sarvaṃ prāvārakaṃ / sarvaṃ kocavaṃ / sarvaṃ lelohitaṃ / sarvaṃ sthūlakambalañ ceti / āsīvakāṃs tu datvā dhārayitavyam* /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasya mṛgāro nāma agrāmātyaḥ / tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam* / sa tayā (MSV II 53) sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati / tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ / evaṃ yāvat sapta putrāḥ jātāḥ / tatra ṣaṇṇāṃ yathābhipretavyavastham* / tena nāmāni vyavasthāpitāni / yas tu kanīyāṃs tasya viśākha iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam* / yāvan mṛgārasya patnī kālagatā / tena ṣaṇṇāṃ putrāṇāṃ niveśaḥ kṛtaḥ / te svakasvakābhiḥ patnībhiḥ sārdhaṃ maṇḍanaparamā vyavasthitāḥ / gṛhakāryaṃ na cintayanti / mṛgāro gṛhapatiḥ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / tasya sapremako brāhmaṇa āgataḥ / sa tena cintāparo dṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati / gṛhapate kim asi cintāparaḥ / mamāmī putrāḥ svakasvakābhiḥ patnībhiḥ sārdhaṃ maṇḍanaparamā vyavasthitāḥ / gṛhakāryaṃ na cintayanti / gṛham avasādaṃ gamiṣyatīti / sa kathayati / viśākhasya kasmān niveśo na kriyate / ko jānīyāt kadācit so 'pi pāpataro bhavet* / etad api na jñāyate kadācic chobhanataro bhavet* / yadi te 'numataṃ samanveṣayāmi dārikam* / evaṃ kuru / sa gaveṣamāṇo 'nupūrveṇa caṇpām anuprāptaḥ /
caṇpāyāṃ balamitro nāma gṛhapatiḥ / tasya viśākhā nāma duhitā rūpayauvanavatī nayavinayasaṃpannā paṇḍitā paṭupracārā / sā yathābhipretamanoharābhir dārikābhiḥ sārdham udyānabhūmiṃ saṃprasthitā / sa ca brāhmaṇas taṃ pradeśam āgataḥ / tena sā dārikā dṛṣṭā / sa saṃlakṣayati / āsām eva tāvat parīkṣā kartavyeti / sa ca āsām avadhānatatparo mandagatipracāratayā pṛṣṭho 'nubaddhaḥ / prāyo nāryaś calat svabhāvāḥ / (MSV II 54) tāsāṃ kācid dhāvati kācid utpatati kācin nipatati kācid hasati kācid gātravikṣepaṃ karoti kācid gāyati / imāni cānyāni ca durvṛttaceṣṭitāni kurvati / sā tu vinayasaṃpannā mandagatipracārā tābhiḥ sārdhaṃ gacchati / yāvad udyānaṃ saṃprāptās tā dārikāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre vastrāṇi sthāpayitvā sahasāvatīrya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ / sā tu yathā yathā pānīyam avatarati tathā tathā vastram utkṣipyāvatīrṇā tathaiva śānteneryāpathā yathā yathā vyuttiṣṭhate tathā tathā vastram avatārayati / tataḥ snātaprayatā ekasmin sthāne sthitā / tā dārikā ātmanā prathamato bhuktvā parijanaṃ pariveṣṭum (252r1 = GBM 6.816) ārabdhāḥ / sāpi pūrvaṃ parijanaṃ pariveṣya paścād ātmanā paribhoktum ārabdhā / tato bhuktapītā udyānasukham anubhūya saṃprasthitā / yāvad antarmārge pānīyam uttartavyaṃ tā dārikā upānahau chorayitvottīrṇāḥ / sā tu sopānatkaiva punaḥ saṃprasthitā / tāsām ārāmasaṃpraveśo jātaḥ / sā chatram ādāya āmravanam atikrāntā / anyābhiś chatrāṇi choritāni / tato vātavarṣaṃ prādurbhutam* / tadā dārikā devakulaṃ praviśyāvasthitā / sā tv abhyavakāśa eva / sa brāhmaṇas tasyās tādṛśalakṣaṇapracārān dṛṣṭvā tato jātakutūhalas tāṃ dārikāṃ praṣṭum ārabdhaḥ / dārike kasya tvam* / balamitrasya duhitā / putri pṛcchāmi / tena kiñcit tvayā kopaḥ karaṇīyaḥ / sā smitapūrvaṃgamā kathayati / tāta pṛccha / ko 'tra kopaḥ / putri sarvā eva dārikā dhāvantya utpatantyo nipatantyo gātravikṣepaṃ kurvantya imāni cānyāni ca durvṛttaceṣṭitāni kurvantyo gacchanti tvaṃ punar vinayasaṃpannā mandagatipracāratayā ābhiḥ (MSV II 55) sārdham udyānaṃ gacchasīti / sā kathayati / sarvā dārikā mātāpitror vikreyaṃ dravyam* / yadi mama utpatantyā nipatantyā vā hastaḥ pādo vā bhidyate ko māṃ prārthayate / na tv ahaṃ yāvajjīvam eva mātāpitroḥ poṣyā bhaviṣyāmi / putri śobhanaṃ gatam etat* / idam aparaṃ pṛcchāmi / etā dārikā vastrāṇy ekānte sthāpayitvā dvitīyavastraviyuktāḥ sahasāvatīrya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ / tvaṃ punar yathā pānīyam avatarati tathā tathā vastram anayasi / tāta hrīvyapatrāpyasaṃpanno mātṛgrāmaḥ / yadi māṃ kaścit paśyaty apāvṛtām ayuktam* / putri kas tvāṃ tatra paśyati / tāta tvayaiva tāvad ahaṃ dṛṣṭā syām* / putri śobhanam etad api gatam* / idam aparaṃ pṛcchāmi / etā dārikāḥ pūrvam ātmanā bhuktvā paścāt parijanaṃ bhojayanti / tvaṃ punaḥ pūrvaṃ parijanaṃ bhojayitvā paścād ātmanā bhuṃkṣe / tāta vayaṃ puṇyaphalopajīvinyaḥ satatam evāsmākaṃ parva / etā kusthānaphalopajīvinyaḥ kadācit karhicid udārabhojanaṃ labhante / putri śobhanam etad api gatam* / idam aparaṃ pṛcchāmi / sarvalokaḥ śuṣke upānahau dhārayanti / tvaṃ punaḥ udake / kim etat* / tāta mūrkho lokaḥ / udaka eva upānahau dhārayitavyau / yat kāraṇaṃ sthale sthāṇur dṛśyate kaṇṭakaḥ pāśāṇaśarkaraḥ śuktiśakalikā śaṃkhasūke khaṇḍikā ca / (MSV II 56) jale tv ete na dṛśyante / ato jala evopānahau dhārayitavyā na sthale / putri śobhanam etad api gatam* / idam aparaṃ pṛcchāmi / etā dārikā ātape chatraṃ dhārayanti tvaṃ punar ārāme vṛkṣacchāyāyām* / kātra yuktiḥ / tāta mūrkho lokaḥ / ārāma eva chatraṃ dhārayitavyam* / yat kāraṇaṃ nityam ārāmaḥ śākhāmṛgaiḥ pakṣibhir ākīrṇaḥ / pakṣiṇa uccāraprasrāvaṃ kurvanti / asthikhaṇḍaṃ pātayanti / śākhāmṛgā uccāraprasrāvaṃ kurvanti / ardhaparibhuktāni phalāni pātayanti / calasvabhāvatvād itaś cāmutaś ca śākhāntare saṃkrāmaṃ kurvanti / kāṣṭhakhaṇḍāni pātayanti / abhyavakāśe ca tan nāsti / kadācit syāt taṃtu laghunipāti / ata ārāma eva chatraṃ dhārayitavyaṃ (252v1 = GBM 6.817) nābhyavakāśe / putri śobhanam etad api gatam* / idam aparaṃ pṛcchāmi / etā dārikā vātavarṣe devakulaṃ praviṣṭās tvaṃ punar abhyavakāśe sthitā / tāta abhyavakāśa eva sthātavyam* / na devakulaṃ praveṣṭavyam* / putri kātra yuktiḥ / tāta etāni śūnyadevakulāni nityam eva viṭavātaputradhūrtakair aśūnyāni / yadi mama praviṣṭāyā kaścid aṃgapratyaṃgāni parāmṛśati na tv evaṃ mātāpitror me ayaśasyatā bhavati / varam abhyavakāśe prāṇaviyogaḥ / na tv eva śūnyadevakulapraveśaḥ /
(MSV II 57)
tato 'sau brāhmaṇas tatpracārāvarjitajanitasaumanasyo balamitrasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ praviśya kanyāpratilambhatṛṣṇāyā sasaṃbhramaḥ svasti svastīty uvāca / gṛhaparijanaḥ kathayati / brāhmaṇa na tāvad bhikṣāvelā / kiṃ prārthayase / kanyābhikṣām* / kasyārthāya / śrāvastyāṃ mṛgāro nāmāgrāmātyaḥ / tasya putro viśākho nāma / te kathayanti / sadṛśam asmākaṃ tat kulam* / kiṃ tarhi / ativiprakṛṣṭo deśaḥ / sa kathayati / dūra eva dārikā dātavyā / kiṃ kāraṇam* / yadi tāvat sukhitā bhavati śrutvā prāmodyam utpādayiṣyati / atha duḥkhitā dānamānasatkārakriyayā khedam āpadyate 'rthāpacayaś ca bhavati / te kathayanti / yady evaṃ dattā bhavatu / tato brāhmaṇaḥ svastīty uktvā prakrānto 'nupūrveṇa śrāvastīṃ gataḥ / mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya mṛgārāgrāmātyasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ / tato dārikāyā āhāravihāratāṃ ceṣṭāṃ rūpayauvanaśobhāṃ vaicakṣaṇyaṃ ca yathāvadākhyāya kathayati / mayā mahatā parikhedena nānādigdeśādhiṣṭhānān paryaṭitvā sā kṛcchreṇa pratilabdhā / gacchedānīṃ pariṇayeti / tato mṛgāreṇāgrāmātyena divasatithimuhūrtanakṣatrapratigrahaṃ kṛtvā caṇpām āgatya mahatā śrīsamudayena viśākhasya pariṇītā /
sā mātrā gamanadeśakāle śikṣyate / putri nityaṃ tvayā sūryācandramasau namasyau / agniḥ paricartavyaḥ / ādarśo nirmādayitavyaḥ / śuklāni vāsāṃsi prāvaritavyāni / grahītavyaṃ na dātavyam* / vāṇī (MSV II 58) rakṣitavyā / na kasyacid utthāyāsanaṃ dātavyam* / miṣṭaṃ bhoktavyam* / sukhaṃ svaptavyam* / niḥśreṇī baddhavyeti / tato mṛgāreṇa śrutam* / sa saṃlakṣayati / iyaṃ dārikā mithyādṛṣṭir grāhyate / aham enāṃ mithyādarśane vivecya samyagdarśanaṃ grāhayiṣyāmīti viditvā tām ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ /
tato 'syā mātā snehavyākulahṛdayā aśruvyākulekṣaṇā kaṇṭhe pariṣvajya sasvaraṃ rudantī kathayati / putri idaṃ te paścimaṃ darśanam iti / sā tām anusaṃjñāpayantī kathayati / amba pṛcchāmi / tāvat kiṃ tvam atra jātāhosvij jñātigṛhe / putri jñātigṛhe / tat tava gṛham āhosvid idam* / idam* / aham apīha jātā / tatra mayā vastavyam* / saṃyogo niyataṃ viyogāntaḥ / tūṣṇīṃbhava / kimarthaṃ rodiṣi /
tato mṛgāraḥ sthalena saṃprasthitaḥ / viśākhā svāminā sārdhaṃ svagṛhalabdhena ca parijanena nauyānena saṃprasthitā / tatra vaḍavā aciraprasūtā nāvam adhirohyate / kiśorakaḥ sthale khedam (253r1 = GBM 6.818) āpatsyatīti / sā yatnenāpi nābhirohatīti kolāhalo jātaḥ / viśākhayā śrutam* / sā kathayati / kimartham ayaṃ kolāhala iti / tair yathāvṛttam ākhyātam* / viśākhā kathayati / kiśorakaṃ pūrvam abhirohayata svayam abhirokṣyatīti / tais tathā kṛtam* / abhirūḍhā / tato mṛgāreṇa te pṛṣṭāḥ / kimarthaṃ cireṇa yūyam āgatāḥ / vaḍavā (MSV II 59) nāvaṃ nābhirohati / atha katham abhirūḍhā / cāṇpeyikayā upāyasaṃvidhānam ākhyātaṃ kiśorakaṃ pūrvam abhirohayata / paṇḍitā cāṇpeyikā /
yāvad antarmārgo sārthā rātriṃ vāsam upagatāḥ / mṛgārasya prāgbhāre śayyā prajñaptā / viśākhā dṛṣṭvā pṛcchati / kasyaiṣā śayyā / mṛgārasya / apanayata / kiṃ kāraṇam* / yadi suptasya prāgbhāra upari nipatati niyatam avaṣṭabdhaḥ kālaṃ karoti / mama yāvajjīvam ayaśasyam* / īdṛśī dārikā pariṇītā yad antarmārga eva śvaśuraḥ kālagato gṛham api na saṃprāpta iti / tac ca śayanāsanam apanītaṃ prāgbhāraś ca patitaḥ / samantān mahājanakāyaḥ pradhāvito gṛhapatir avaṣṭabdhaḥ iti / gṛhapatiḥ kathayati / bhavanto mā bibhīta / ihāhaṃ tiṣṭhāmi / śayyāṃ pratyavaikṣanta / apanītā śayyā / kena / viśākhayā / paṇḍitā cāṇpeyikā / punar api jīrṇodyāne vāsam upagatāḥ / mṛgārasya śūnyadevakule śayyā prajñaptā / viśākhayā dṛṣṭā / pṛcchati / kasyaiṣā śayyā / āryasya / apanayata / kiṃ kāraṇām* / yadi devakulaṃ patati tato 'vaṣṭabdhaḥ kālaṃ karoti / nanu me pūrvavad yaśasyam* / sā cāpanitā / devakulaṃ ca patitam* / mahājanakāyo pradhāvitaḥ pūrvavad yāvat paṇḍitā cāṇpeyikā /
yāvad anupūrveṇa śrāvastīm anuprāptā / mārgaśrame prativinodite suhṛtsaṃbandhibāndhavajane ca preṣite viśākhā svakulānurūpaṃ gṛhe (MSV II 60) karma kāryate / mṛgārasya ṣaṭ snuṣā vāreṇa vāraṃ gṛhajanasya bhaktaṃ saṃpādayanti / viśākhāpi tathaiva niyuktā / tvayāpi saptame divase vāraḥ kartavya iti / tasyā vāra āgamiṣyatīti / ye śvaśuraśvaśrūsvāmināṃ gandhā avaśiṣyante carpaṭikāṃ kṛtvā pratidivasaṃ śoṣayati / yān saktūn pratidinaṃ labhate tataḥ prasthāni viśākhā apanīya sthāpayati / pariśiṣṭaṃ ghṛtena modayati tatpramāṇā eva bhavanti / madyapānāgatas tu śvo vāro bhaviṣyatīti / yat svāmino nirmālyam ātmanaś ca tacchītale sthāpitam* / yāvat prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ karmakarāṇāṃ āmalakaṃ dattaṃ gandhaḥ puṣpāṇi bhojanaṃ madyaṃ ca / te parituṣṭāś cireṇa vayaṃ purāṇagṛhapatipatnyā avalokitā iti / tais tasmin divase dviguṇaṃ karma kṛtam* / yāvan mṛgāraḥ kālavelāyāṃ karmāntān avalokayan paśyati prabhūtaṃ karma kṛtam* / sa pṛcchati / kiṃ yuṣmābhir apare bhṛtakapuruṣā gṛhītāḥ / na / kenacit ko 'tra yogo yenādya dviguṇaṃ karma kṛtam* / te kathayanti / āryā yādṛśaṃ bhaktaṃ tādṛśaṃ karma / kim etat* / tair yathāvṛttaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam* / mṛgāraputrais svakasvakānāṃ patnyaḥ (MSV II 61) ārocitāḥ / tāḥ kathayanti / vayam api gṛhād apahṛtya bhṛtakapuruṣāṇāṃ priyaṃ kuryāma / vayam apy āryasya yuṣmākaṃ bhṛtakapuruṣāṇāṃ (253v1 = GBM 6.819) ca priyā bhavema yathā viśākhayā kṛtam* / tato mṛgāreṇa viśākhā pṛṣṭā / putri kathaṃ tvayā bhaktaṃ pratijāgaritam* / tayā vistareṇa samākhyātam* / mṛgāras tuṣṭaḥ / tena saiva gṛhavyāpāre niyuktā / antarjanaś ca sarvo 'bhihitaḥ / yo yuṣmākaṃ viśākhayā dattena parituṣyati tena sthātavyam ānukūlyena vā caritavyaṃ yāvad asau gṛhasvāminī saṃvṛttā / sācāravihāratayā sauratyena ca sarvam antarjanaṃ toṣayati / yāvad apareṇa samayena viśākhāyā gṛhasyopariṣṭād haṃsā uttarakurudvīpād akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālim ādāya saṃprasthitāḥ / rājñaś ca gṛhe haṃsas tiṣṭhati / tena tān dṛṣṭvā kūjitam* / tair api samayoniviśvāsodvegam asahamānaiḥ kūjitam* / rājñaś caraṇakoṣṭhe śāliballaryo nipatitāḥ / tato rājño 'mātyānām ekaikā dattā / mṛgāreṇa svapratyaṃśo viśākhāyā dattaḥ / tayā samudgake sthāpayitvā kārṣikāṇāṃ ājñā dattā / te 'pi sutarāṃ parituṣṭāḥ / taiḥ kṣetrastokaṃ suparikarṣīkṛtya kālaṃ jñātvā uptaḥ / devaḥ kālavarṣī saṃvṛttaḥ / bījānurūpā saṃpattir jātā / aparasmin varṣe prabhūtaṃ saṃpannam aparasminn api varṣe prabhūtataram* / (MSV II 62) evaṃ yāvat sarvāṇi koṣṭhāgārāṇi haṃsāhṛtakuśūlaiḥ {MS haṃsāhṛtakaśālaiḥ} paripūrṇāni / yāvad rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasya glānyam utpannam* / tena vaidyā āhūya prṣṭāḥ / te kathayanti / deva yadi haṃsāhṛtaśāliḥ saṃpadyate tena maṇḍaṃ sādhayitum arhasi / pītvā svastho bhaviṣyasīti / rājñā amātyā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ / bhavanto mayā yuṣmākaṃ haṃsāhṛtāni śāliśīrṣāṇi dattāni / tāni yuṣmābhiḥ kiṃ kṛtāni / tatra kecit kathayanti / deva asmābhir devakule dattānīti / apare kathayanti / asmābhir agnau prakṣiptāni iti / apare kathayanti / asmābhir dvāraśālāyāṃ baddhānīti / mṛgāraḥ kathayati / deva mayā viśākhāyā dattāni / pṛcchāmi tāvat tayā kiṃ kṛtānīti / tena viśākhā pṛṣṭā / sā kathayati / tāta kiṃ haṃsāhṛtaśālinā prayojanam* / rājño glānyam utpannam* / vaidyair haṃsāhṛtā śālir vyapadiṣṭā / tato viśākhayā sauvarṇaṃ bhājanaṃ haṃsāhṛtasya taṇḍulasya maṇḍena pūrayitvā rājñaḥ preṣitam* / rājñā paribhuktam* / svasthībhūtaḥ /
apareṇa samayena jānapadaiḥ rājñe baḍavādvayaṃ preṣitam* / mātā ca duhitā ca / tatra na kaścij jānīte katarā mātā katarā duhitā iti / rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā / bhavantaḥ suvicāritaṃ kṛtvā mama nivedayata iti / amātyāḥ sakaladivasaṃ vicārayantaḥ khinnāḥ / na nirloḍitam* / mṛgāraś cirakāle gṛhaṃ gataḥ / viśākhā (MSV II 63) pādayor nipatya kathayati / tāta kim adya cireṇāgataḥ / tena yathāvṛttaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam* / viśākhā kathayati / tāta kim atra jñātavyam* / tābhyāṃ yogyāśanaṃ samaṃ deyam* / yā duhitā sā śīghraṃ bhakṣayitvā mātuḥ pratyaṃśaṃ bhakṣayiṣyati / yā mātā aparipanthinī mukhaṃ nikṣipya sthāsyati / etac cihnam iti / mṛgāreṇa amātyānāṃ niveditam* / tair api yathā samādiṣṭā parīkṣā kṛtā / tataḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ rājñe niveditam* / deva (254r1 = GBM 6.820) iyaṃ mātā iyaṃ duhitā iti / rājā kathayati / kathaṃ yuṣmābhiḥ parijñātam* / deva evaṃ caivaṃ ca / hyastanike na parijñātam* / deva kā śaktir asmākaṃ parijñātum* / viśākhayā evaṃ saṃdiṣṭam* / rājā kathayati / paṇḍitā cāṇpeyiketi /
anyatamaḥ puruṣas tīrthe kambalaṃ sthāpayitvā snāti / anyatamaś ca puruṣa āgataḥ / sa tena kambalena śiro veṣṭayitvā tatraiva snātum ārabdhaḥ / sa puruṣaḥ snātvotthito na paśyati kambalam* / puruṣaḥ kathayati / bhoḥ puruṣa kiṃ samanveṣase / kambalam* / kutas tava kambalam* / syād yathāhaṃ śiro veṣṭayitvāvatīrṇas tathā tvam apy avatīrṇaḥ syā iti / sa kathayati / eṣa evāsau madīyaḥ kambalaḥ / tvadīyo madīya iti tayor vivādo jātaḥ / tau rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatau / rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā / bhavantaḥ parīkṣitvā yasya santakas tasyānuprayacchata (MSV II 64) iti / te parīkṣitum ārabdhāḥ / ekaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati madīya iti / aparaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati madīya iti / tvadīyo madīya iti divaso 'tikrāntaḥ / amātyāḥ khinnāś cirakāle anirloḍayitvaiva gṛhaṃ gatāḥ / viśākhayā mṛgāraḥ pūrvavat pṛṣṭaḥ / tena yathāvṛttam ārocitam* / viśākhā kathayati / tāta kim atra jñātavyam* / tau vaktavyau / eko 'pi ardhaṃ gṛhṇātv aparo 'py ardham iti / yasya santakaḥ sa vakṣyati / kimarthaṃ madīyaḥ kambalaś chidyate iti / yasya na santakaḥ sa saṃlakṣayiṣyaty ardham api tāvan me bhavatu / ko 'tra mama vyaya ity eṣātra parīkṣā iti / mṛgāreṇa gatvā amātyānāṃ niveditam* / deva pūrvavad yāvad rājā kathayati / paṇḍitā cāṇpeyiketi /
rājño yānapātrakeṇa vaṇijā candanagaṇḍīrakaḥ prāvṛto 'nupreṣitaḥ / tasya na vijñāyate katarad agraṃ kataran mūlam iti / rājā amātyānām ājñā dattā / vicārayatha iti / taiḥ kṛtsnaṃ divasaṃ vicāritam* / na parijñātam* / cirakāle gṛhaṃ gatāḥ / viśākhayā pūrvavad yāvan mṛgāraḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / tena yathāvṛttaṃ vistareṇa samākyātam* / viśākhā kathayati / tāta kim atra jñātavyam* / udake prakṣeptavyaḥ / yan mūlaṃ tad adhastād bhavati / yad agraṃ tad upariṣṭād bhavati / eṣā tatra parīkṣeti / mṛgāreṇa amātyānāṃ niveditam* / pūrvavad yāvad rājā kathayati / paṇḍitā cāṇpeyiketi /
(MSV II 65)
anyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ / tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam* / tasya na putro na duhitā / tena putrābhinandinā dvitīyā patnī ānītā / tasyāḥ prathamapatnyā īryṣāprakṛtyā yonivināśanaprayogo dattaḥ / tasyāḥ sutarāṃ yonir viśuddhā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā / yāvan navānāṃ māsānām atyayāt prasūtā / dārako jātaḥ / sā saṃlakṣayati / pratikruṣṭam etad vairāṇāṃ yaduta sāpatnakam* / niyatam enam aparā mātā yena vā tena vopāyena ghātayati / kiṃ mama svāmī kariṣyati / kiṃ vā aham* / kiyantaṃ ca kālaṃ rakṣitavyaḥ / sarvathā asyā eva dātavya iti tayā svāminā saha saṃpradhārya labdhānujñayā sā prathamapatnī uktā / bhagini tavaivaiṣa putro datto mayā / saṃvardhaya enam iti / sā saṃlakṣayati / yasyāḥ putras tasyā gṛham* / saṃvardhayāmi / gṛhasvāminī bhaviṣyāmīti / (254v1 = GBM 6.821) sa tayā saṃvardhitaḥ / pitā cāsya kālagataḥ / tayor gṛhanimittaṃ vivādo jātaḥ / ekā kathayati / mamaiva putro dvitīyā kathayati mamaiṣa putra iti / te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gate / rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā / gacchata bhavanto vicārayatheti / teṣāṃ vicārayatāṃ divaso 'tikrānto na nirloḍitam* / cirakāle gṛhaṃ gatāḥ / viśākhā mṛgāraṃ pṛcchati / pūrvavad yāvat kim atra jñātavyam* / te vaktavye na vayaṃ jānīmaḥ kasya putra iti yā yuvayor balavatī sā gṛhītvā gacchatu / te bāhudvayena gṛhītvā ākarkṣyataḥ / sa duḥkhyamāno (MSV II 66) rodiṣyati / yāsya mātā sā sānunayā pratimokṣyati / jīvantam api tāvad enaṃ drakṣāmīti / sānyā nirdayā na pratimokṣyati / yadā kaṣābhis tāḍitā bhavati tadā yathābhūtaṃ kariṣyati / iyam atra parīkṣeti / mṛgāreṇāmātyānām evaṃ niveditam* / pūrvavad yāvad rājā kathayati / paṇḍitā cāṇpeyiketi /
athāpareṇa samayena mṛgāro glānipatitaḥ / tasya vaidya ekaṃ divasaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ dadāti punar glāno bhavati / viśākhā saṃlakṣayati / kimarthaṃ tāta ekasmin divase svastho bhavati dvitīye divase punar glāno bhavati / yair bhaiṣajyaiḥ svastho bhavati tāni nimittīkṛtāni / tatas tayā vaidyānāṃ dvāraṃ dhārayitvā svayam eva cikitsā kṛtā / svasthībhūtaḥ / mṛgāraḥ saṃlakṣayati / ko 'tra yogo yenāham ekasmin divase svastho bhavāmy ekasmin glānaḥ / yadā vaidyo na praviśati tadā nityam eva svastha iti / tena viśākhā pṛṣṭā / pūrvavad yāvat paṇḍitā cāṇpeyikā /
rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasya śrīvardhano nāma hastiviśvāsikaḥ / so 'pareṇa samayena rājñā avasāditaḥ / viśākhayā śrutam* / tayā mṛgāra uktaḥ / tāta sarveṣām amātyānām antyam avasādanam* / arhasi śrīvardhanasya devaṃ kṣamayitum* / sa kathayati / putri kṣamayāmi / tatas tena rājābhihitaḥ / deva śrīvardhano devasya bhaktaḥ / kṣamyatām (MSV II 67) asyeti / rājā kathayati / kṣāntam* / deva yadi kṣāntaṃ tāny asya vṛttipadāni dīyantām* / evaṃ bhavatu / dattāni / śrīvardhanena vijñātaṃ yathā viśākhayā mama rājā kṣamāpita iti / sa tasyāḥ pratyupakārabuddhyā sthitaḥ / apareṇa samayena mṛgārasya puruṣavyādhir utpannaḥ / viśākhā asyopasthānaṃ karoti / sa jihreti / sā kathayati / tāta kimarthaṃ jihreṣi / kiṃ na duhitā pitur upasthānaṃ karoti / tathāpy asau jihreti / sā saṃlakṣayati / nāyaṃ mamāntikād upasthānaṃ svīkaroti / dārasaṃgraham asya karomīti / sā śrīvardhanasya gṛhaṃ gatā / tena svāgatavādena samudācaritvā āsanaṃ dattam* / niṣaṇṇā śrīvardhanasya duhitā / sā tenoktā / dārike viśākhāpādayoḥ gṛhāṇeti / viśākhā kathayati / sthānam etad vidyate yan mayaivaiṣā pādayor grahītavyā bhavatīty uktvā kathayati / svasti sute iti / śrīvardhanaḥ kathayati / kiṃ prārthayase / kanyābhikṣām* / kasyārthāya / sā kathayati / tātasya / sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ / śrīvardhanasya patnī kathayati / vṛddhaḥ / kathaṃ tasya dīyata iti / viśākhā kathayati / dhanayauvane hi puruṣāḥ / kiṃ vicāreṇa dīyatām iti / śrīvardhanaḥ kathayati / bhadre asmākaṃ viśākhopakāriṇī / dīyatām* / yady evaṃ dattā bhavatu / tato (255r1 = GBM 6.822) mṛgāreṇa mahatā śrīsamudayena pariṇītā / sā tasyopasthānaṃ kartuṃ pravṛttā / viśākhā na tathā /
mṛgāraḥ kathayati / putri vācam anuprayaccheti / sā kathayati / sā kathayati / tāta mā kiñcit parihīyate / putri yas tvaṃ mātrā (MSV II 68) śikṣitā tan na kiñcit samādāya vartase / tāta sarvaṃ samādāya varte / yat kathayati sūryācandramasau namasyāv iti / dārikāyāḥ sūryācandramasaḥsthānīyau śvaśrūśvaśurau / tān ahaṃ namasyāmi / yat kathayati agniḥ paricartavya iti / striyā bhartāgnisthānīyaḥ / bhartur āsannayā bhavitavyam* / nātidūrasthayā / sāhaṃ svāminam agnivat paricarāmi / yat kathayaty ādarśo nirmādayitavya iti / tad gṛham ādarśasthānīyaṃ nityam upaleptavyaṃ saṃmārṣṭavyaṃ ca / tad ahaṃ gṛhasaṃskāram anudivasaṃ karomy eva / yat kathayati śuklāni vāsāṃsi prāvaritavyānīti / anyair vastrair gṛhaparikarma kartavyam* / śuklāni vastrāṇi prāvṛtya devaśuśrūṣā kartavyā svābhisaṃskāraṃ copasaṃkramyam iti / etad apy ahaṃ karomy eva / yat kathayati grahītavyaṃ na dātavyam iti / kiṃ grahītavyam* / lokasakāśād duruktavacanāni / na ca kiñcid duruktaṃ vacanīyam* / etad apy ahaṃ samādāya varte / yat kathayati vāṇī rakṣitavyeti / guhyavacanaṃ na prakaṭīkartavyam* / tan me vāksaṃyamo 'sty eva / yat kathayati na kasyacid utthāyāsanaṃ dātavyam iti / evaṃ kathayati / tvaṃ kulavadhū tvayā pratigupte sthāne niṣettavyam* / sāhaṃ pratigupta eva niṣīdāmi / yat kathayati mṛṣṭaṃ bhoktavyam iti / sububhukṣitayā bhoktavyam iti / sāhaṃ nityaṃ gṛhajane bhukte bubhukṣitā ca bhuṃje / yat kathayati sukhaṃ śayitavyam iti / sarvaṃ gṛhakāryaṃ kṛtvā rātrau bhāṇḍaṃ pratiśāmya śayyā te kalpayitavyā yathā (MSV II 69) na punar uttiṣṭhasi idaṃ sunihitam idaṃ durnihitam iti / tad aham evam eva karomi / yat kathayati niḥśreṇī baddhavyeti / evaṃ kathayati / tvaṃ pūrvakair daśabhiḥ karmapathaiḥ samanvāgatā yena devagatiṃ prāpya iha manuṣyaloke upapannā / tad iyaṃ karmabhūmiḥ / ihāpi tvayā dānāni dātavyāni puṇyāni kartavyāni pāpaṃ na karaṇīyam* / eṣāpi puṇyamayī niḥśreṇī svargasopānabhūteti / etad apy ahaṃ śaktyā saṃpādayāmi / sādhu sādhu viśākhe / paṇḍitā tava mātā / tvaṃ tu paṇḍitatarā yayā mātuḥ sandhāya bhāṣitaṃ vijñātam* /
atha mṛgārasyaitad abhavat* / yadi bhagavān anujānīyād ahaṃ viśākhāṃ mātaraṃ ghoṣayeyam iti viditvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantam idam avocat* / labhyaṃ bhadanta snuṣāṃ mātaraṃ ghoṣayitum iti / bhagavān āha / sacet paṃcabhir dharmaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati / katamaiḥ paṃcabhiḥ / glānam upatiṣṭhati / pratirūpeṣu dāreṣu pratiṣṭhāpayati / jīvitenācchādayati / dhanaṃ rakṣati / prajñayā ca saṃvidhānaṃ karoti /
antaroddānam* /
glānopasthānaṃ dārā ca jīvitasya dhanasya ca /
prajñayā upasaṃharṣī pañcaitā mātaraḥ smṛtāḥ //
atha mṛgāro yena rājā prasenajit kosalas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kosalam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ (MSV II 70) deva viśākhāṃ mātaram udghoṣayitum* / rājā kathayati / mamāpi viśākhayopasthānaṃ kṛtam aham apy āryakāṃ pṛṣṭvā tāṃ bhaginīm (255v1 = GBM 6.823) udghoṣayāmi / tenāryakā pṛṣṭā / sā kathayati / udghoṣaya mā vā / bhaginy evāsau / kathaṃ kṛtvā / purānu brahmadatto 'sya {Ed. brahmatto 'sya; MS: arāḍabrahmadattasya; BHSD s.v. purāṇa} preṣyadārikayā sārdhaṃ saṃvāsaṃ gataḥ / tasyāḥ putro jātaḥ / tasya balamitra iti nāma kṛtam* / sa vṛddharājena kasmiṃścid evādhikaraṇe pravāsitaḥ / caṇpāṃ gatvāvasthitaḥ / tasyāsau duhitā / tava bhaginī bhavati / tato rājñā hastiskandhe āropya udghoṣitā / iyaṃ viśākhā mṛgārasya mātā / rājñaḥ prasenajito bhaginīti / tayā pūrvārāme vihāraṃ kārayitvā cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya niryātitam* / tathā sthavirair api sūtrānta upanibaddham* / bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati pūrvārāme mṛgāramātuḥ prāsāda iti /
apareṇa samayena viśākhā dvātriṃśad aṇḍāni prasūtā / mṛgāraḥ śrutvā kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ / janapadakalyāṇī kīdṛśo 'narthaḥ prādurbhūta iti / mṛgāras tāni cchorayitum ārabdhaḥ / viśākhā kathayati / tāta mā cchoraya / bhagavatas tāvad ārocayeti / tena bhagavata ārocitam* / bhagavān āha / mā cchorayeti / tad dvātriṃśat puṭaṃ (MSV II 71) kacchapuṭaṃ kārayitvā kulasyopari ekaikam aṇḍaṃ pratyekaṃ puṭeṣu sthāpayeti / viśākhāṃ ca vada / triṣkālaṃ pāṇinā parāmṛṣa / saptame divase sphuṭiṣyanti / dvātriṃśat kumārā bhaviṣyantīti / tena tathā kṛtam* / saptame divase sphuṭitāni / dvātriṃśat kumārā jātāḥ / unnītā vardhitā mahāntaḥ saṃvṛttā vyāḍavikrāntāḥ / apareṇa samayena te rathābhirūḍhā bahir nirgatāḥ praviśanti / purohitaputraś ca rathābhirūḍho nirgacchati / yāvad anyonyadhurātuṇḍo lagnaḥ / purohitaputraḥ kathayati / apanayateti / te 'pi kathayanti / tvam evāpanayeti / purohitaputro 'ham iti puruṣaṃ vaktum ārabdhaḥ / tato viśākhāputraiḥ dhurātuṇḍakena gṛhītvā kṣiptaḥ / saṃkārakūṭe patitaḥ / sa bhasmāvaguṇṭhitaśirāḥ pituḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / aśruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ kathayati / tāta viśākhāputrair mama īdṛśī samavasthā kṛteti / putra kimartham* / tena vistareṇa samākhyātam* / sa kathayati / putra yady evaṃ kramaghātyās te / mā śokaṃ kuru / upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kariṣyāmi / sa teṣāṃ randhrānveṣaṇatatparo vyavasthitaḥ / apareṇa samayena rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasya kārvaṭiko viruddhaḥ / tasya rājñā ekaṃ daṇḍasthānaṃ preṣitam* / hataprahatam āgatam* / evaṃ yāvat saptadaṇḍasthānāni hatapratyāhatāni / rājā svayam eva caturaṃgeṇa balakāyena nirgacchati / (MSV II 72) viśākhāputrāś ca praviśanti / tair asau dṛṣṭa uktaś ca / devaḥ saṃprasthita kārvaṭikāṃ sannāmayitum iti / tiṣṭhatu deva / vayaṃ gacchāmaḥ / evaṃ kurutheti / tena teṣāṃ caturaṅgo balakāyo dattas tair gatvāsau kārvaṭikaḥ sannāmitaḥ / vandigrahakaraprātyāyāṃś ca gṛhītvā āgatāḥ / purohitaḥ kathayati / deva ete atīva vikrāntāḥ / yad devasya kṛcchrasādhyaṃ tad eṣām alpasādhyam* / devenaitac cintanīyam iti / kākaśaṃkino hi rājānaḥ / tat* hṛdi kṛtvā vyavasthitaḥ / punaḥ (256r1 = GBM 6.824) purohitaṃ pṛcchati / katham atra pratipattavyam* / sa kathayati / deva kim atra pratipattavyam* / yady eṣām abhirucitaṃ devaṃ rājyāc cyāvayitvā svayam eva rājyaṃ kārayanti / rājā sutarāṃ khinnaḥ saṃlakṣayati / syād evam* / kathaṃ ghātayitavya ity upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ cintayati / na kaṃcit pṛcchati / mā mantrasrāvo bhaviṣyatīti svayam evāsya vicārayato buddhir utpannā / ihaivopanimantrya ghātayitavyā iti / tena viśākhāyā sandiṣṭam* / bhāgineyaiś ca iha bhoktavyam iti / sā saṃlakṣayati / śvo dārakā mātulasya sakāśe bhokṣyante / aham api buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayāmīti viditvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇā / ekāntaniṣaṇṇāṃ viśākhāṃ mṛgāramātaraṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīṃbhūtaḥ / atha viśākhā mṛgāramātā utthāyāsanād yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam (MSV II 73) idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavān pūrvavad yāvat purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya / prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇā / teṣāṃ ca rājñaḥ sakāśād dūta āgataḥ / dārakā āgacchantv iti / tato rājñā hālāhalena viṣeṇa ca sahayogena vihvalīkṛtāḥ / śirāṃsi chinnāni / tataḥ peḍāṃ pūrayitvā jyeṣṭhaputrasya śira upari datvā jatumudrayā lakṣayitvā viśākhāyāḥ preṣitāḥ / viśākhā saṃlakṣayati / nūnaṃ devena bhāgineyānām ācchādanaṃ preṣitam* / aham api buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgham ācchādayāmīti / tataḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena pūrvavad yāvad bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ peḍām uddhāṭayitum ārabdhā / bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / saced viśākhā adṛṣṭasatyā putrabadhaṃ drakṣyati sthānam etad vidyate yat satyānām abhājanībhaviṣyatīti viditvā viśākhām āha / niṣīda tāvad dharmaṃ śṛṇu / paścād yathābhipretaṃ kariṣyasīti / sā bhagavataḥ pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtvā purastān niṣaṇṇā dharmaśravaṇāya / tato bhagavatā tasyā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jātvā pūrvavad yāvat satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam* / tato dṛṣṭasatyā sā peḍām uddhāṭitvā paśyati putraśirāṃsi / tataḥ kathayati / bhagavan evam anityāḥ sarvasaṃskārā iti / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / haṃbho bhikṣavo rājā prasenajit kosalo yena viśākhāyāḥ putrāḥ praghātitāḥ / te cen na (MSV II 74) praghātitāḥ syuḥ / ebhir eva sahāyaiḥ kṛtsnā tena vasumatī karatale sthāpitā syād iti /
atha rājā prasenajit kosalo rajasāvacūrṇitagātro yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ / ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ rājānaṃ prasenajitaṃ kosalaṃ bhagavān idam avocat* / kutas tvaṃ mahārājaitarhy āgacchasi rajasāvacūrṇitagātraḥ / yāni tāni bhadanta rājñāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktānāṃ janapadaiśvaryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ pṛthivīmaṇḍalam abhinirjityādhyāvasatāṃ (256v1 = GBM 6.825) pṛthagbhavanti rājakṛtyāni rājakaraṇīyāni tāny ahaṃ kṛtvā pariprāpya etarhy āgacchāmi rajasāvacūrṇitagātraḥ / tena hi mahārāja tvām eva prakṣyāmi / yathā te kṣamate tathainaṃ vyākuru / tadyathā mahārāja iha te pūrvasyāṃ diśi puruṣa āgacchec chraddhitaḥ pratyayitaḥ stheya avisaṃvādito lokasya / sa evaṃ vadet / tato 'haṃ tavaitarhy agacchāmi pūrvasyām diśi / so 'haṃ tatrāprākṣam* / mahāśailaṃ parvatam akhaṇḍam achidram asuṣiraṃ susaṃvṛttam ekaghanaṃ yāvac ca pṛthivī yāvac ca nabho 'trāntare sarvān satvān sarvān prāṇinaḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni sarvaṃ ca tṛṇakāṣṭhaśākhāparṇaśadam (MSV II 75) abhiniṣpeṣayann āgacchati {Ms: abhiniṣpīṣaṃ nāgacchanti} / yat te deva kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kuruṣveti / evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimāyām uttarasyāṃ diśi puruṣa āgacchet* / pūrvavad yat kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kuruṣveti / evaṃ bhūpate mahārāja mahati mahābhaye pratyupasthite dāruṇe puruṣasaṃkṣaye durlabhe manuṣyapratilaṃbhe kiṃ syāt karaṇīyam* / evaṃ rūpe me bhadanta mahati mahābhaye pratyupasthite dāruṇe puruṣasaṃkṣaye durlabhe manuṣyapratilaṃbhe kiṃ syāt karaṇīyaṃ nānyatrārthacaryāyāṃ dharmacaryāyāṃ puṇyacaryāyāṃ kuśalacaryāyāṃ kalyāṇacaryāyāṃ buddhānāṃ ca śāsane yogam āpattum* / kasmāt tvaṃ mahārāja evaṃ vadasi / evaṃ rūpe me mahati mahābhaye pūrvavad yāvad buddhānāṃ śāsane yogam āpattum iti / yāni tāni bhadanta rājñāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktānāṃ janapadaiś caryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ pṛthivīmaṇḍalam abhinirjityādhyāvasatāṃ pṛthagbhavanti hastibhir hastiyuddhāny aśvair aśvayuddhāni rathai rathayuddhāni pattibhiḥ pattiyuddhāni mantrair mantrayuddhāni dhanair dhanayuddhāni / tāni teṣāṃ tasmin samaye asthāmāny abalāny aparākramāṇi yuddhāya / tasmād aham evaṃ vadāmi / evaṃ rūpe me bhadanta mahati mahābhaye pratyupasthite pūrvavad yāvad buddhānāṃ (MSV II 76) śāsane yogam āpattum iti / evam eva mahārāja satatasamitam abhimardata eva prāṇino jarāmaraṇam* / evaṃ jarāmaraṇābhimardanena mahārāja puruṣapudgalena kiñcit syāt karaṇīyaṃ nānyatrārthacaryāyāḥ pūrvavad yāvad buddhānāṃ śāsane yogam āpattum iti viditvā tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate /
yathā mahānto vipulā nabha āsādya parvatāḥ
mahāntād anusaṃyānti niṣpīṣanto vasundharām* /
na tatra hastināṃ bhūmir na pattirathavājinām*
na cāpi mantrayuddhena jayo labhyo dhanena vā //
evaṃ jarā ca mṛtyuś ca manuṣyān abhimardati /
kṣatriyān brāhmaṇān vaiśyāñ chūdrāṃś caṇḍālapukvasān* /
duḥśīlāñ chīlasaṃyuktān gṛhasthān gṛhiṇas tathā /
daharāṃś caiva vṛddhāṃś ca tathā madhyamapauruṣān* //
vimardayati sarvān hi na kiñcid anurakṣati /
tasmād dhi paṇḍitaḥ poṣaḥ saṃpaśyann artham ātmanaḥ /
buddhe niveśayec chraddhāṃ dharme saṃghe cāpy anuttare //
sa dharmacārī kāyena vācā vāpy atha cetasā /
iha cānindito bhavati pretya svargo ca modate //
(MSV II 77)
atha rājā prasenajit kosalo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ /
bhikṣavo saṃśayajātāḥ (257r1 = GBM 6.826) sarvasaṃśayachettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / kiṃ bhadanta viśākhayā mṛgāramātrā karma kṛtam* / yasya karmaṇo vipākena dvātriṃśadaṇḍāḥ prasūtāḥ / tena dvātriṃśat putrā jātā vyāḍā vikrāntāḥ saṃvṛttā iti / bhagavān āha praṇidhānavaśāt* / kutra praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam* /
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryām anyatamo gṛhapatiputraḥ kālagataḥ / tasya sā patnī nityaṃ putrābhinandinī / yadā bhagavān kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sakalaṃ buddhakāryaṃ kṛtvā indhanakṣayād ivāgnir nirupādhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtaḥ / tasmiṃś ca samaye vārāṇasyāṃ kṛkir nāma rājā babhūva / tena bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya catūratnamayastūpaḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ / tatra yā sā aputrā yuvatiḥ putrābhinandinī sā vṛddhā saṃvṛttā / tasmin stūpe parikarma kṛtvā tiṣṭhati / tayā chandakabhikṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā tasmin stūpe pūjā kṛtā praṇidhānaṃ ca / yan mayā bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya satkārāḥ kṛtāḥ / anena mama kuśalamūlena bahavaḥ putrā bhaveyur iti kṛtvā prakrāntā nagaraṃ praviṣṭā / tatrānyatarā strī prasūyamānā duḥkhavedanābhyāhatā virauti / tayā aparā pṛṣṭā / kimartham eṣā virauti / tayā yathāvṛttam ārocitam* / sā saṃlakṣayati / (MSV II 78) yady ahaṃ prasūtā bhaveyam aham apy evaṃvidhaṃ duḥkham anubhaveyam* / yāvat punar api dvātriṃśatā goṣṭhikais tasmin stūpe pūjā kṛtā / sā yuvatis tatra sannihitaiva / pūjāṃ kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam* / anena vayaṃ kuśalamūlena mahānto 'grabalinaḥ syāma / te tayā pṛṣṭāḥ / putrāḥ kiṃ yuṣmābhiḥ praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam* / te kathayanti amba idaṃ cedaṃ ca / sā kathayati / putrāḥ yady evam aham eva yuṣmākaṃ mātā bhaveyam* / te kathayanti / amba evaṃ bhavatv iti / ity uktvā te prakrāntāḥ / sā saṃlakṣayati / sā tāvat strī ekavāraṃ prasūyamānā duḥkhavedanābhyāhatā tathā virauti ahaṃ punar dvātriṃśad vārān prasūyamānā kathaṃ kariṣyāmi iti / sā caivaṃ vikalpayati / stūpasamīpe kukkuṭī prasūtā / sā muhūrtamātreṇa dvātriṃśadaṇḍāni prasutā na ca virauti / sā saṃlakṣayati / ayaṃ śobhanaprasavanopāya iti viditvā tasmin stūpe tīvreṇa prasādena nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhā yatheyaṃ kukkuṭī muhūrtamātreṇa dvātriṃśadaṇḍāni prasūtā evam eva aham api sakṛd dvātriṃśadaṇḍāni prasūyeyeti /
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yā sā vṛddhā yuvatir eṣaiva sā viśākhā / tena kālena tena samayena ye te dvātriṃśad goṣṭhikā eta eva te dvātriṃśad viśākhāputrāḥ / yad anayā tatra praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena dvātriṃśadaṇḍāni prasūtāni /
kiṃ bhadanta viśākhāputraiḥ karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena adūṣyanapakāriṇo rājñā prasenajitā praghātitāḥ / teṣāṃ ca śirāṃsi (MSV II 79) peḍāyāṃ prakṣipya viśākhāyā upanāmitāni / bhagavān āha / ebhir eva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām* /
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake śauṇḍikaḥ prativasati / saṃbahulāś (257v1 = GBM 6.827) caurā madyaṃ paryeṣamāṇāḥ tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ / asti madyam iti pṛcchanti / śauṇḍikapatnyābhihitā astīti / teṣāṃ madyaṃ dattam* / avadrago nāsti / tayā vṛṣo darśitaḥ / etaṃ praghātayata / te kathayanti / śastraṃ nāsti / tayā bandhakaṃ gṛhītam* / śastraṃ dattam* / te taṃ praghātayitum ārabdhāḥ / sa hanyamānaś cetanāṃ puṣṇāti / yad ahaṃ ghātye tat sarvam anayā śauṇḍikapatnyā / tatropapadye 'haṃ yatraiṣāṃ śirāṃsi chitvā peḍāyāṃ pūrayitvā etasyāṃ preṣayeyam iti /
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau vṛṣa eṣa evāsau rājā prasenajit kosalaḥ tena kālena tena samayena / ye te caurā eta eva te viśākhāputrāḥ / yā sā śauṇḍikapatnī eṣaiva sā viśākhā tena kālena tena samayena iti vistaraḥ /
buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe / tena khalu samayena pañcābhijñasya ṛṣer āśramapadam* / tena tasmin paryaṭatā āśramapadasya nātidūre ciraṃkhale bhūpradeśe prasrāvaḥ kṛtaḥ / daivayogāt tṛṣārtā mṛgī taṃ pradeśam anuprāptā / tayāsau tṛṣṇārtayā pītaḥ (MSV II 80) strīndriyaṃ ca ghrātam* / acintyaḥ satvānāṃ karmavipākaḥ / āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā / yāvad apareṇa samayena tasminn eva pradeśe āgatya prasūtā / dārako jātaḥ / sā taṃ ghrātvā visabhāgasatva iti chorayitvā prakrāntā / yāvat tena ṛṣiṇā tad āśramaṃ paryaṭatā sa dārako dṛṣṭaḥ / sa samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyāyaṃ putra iti / yāvat paśyaty ātmānam* / tenāsau āśramapadaṃ praveśita āpāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ / tasya mṛgasya yādṛśaṃ śira iti mṛgaśiro mṛgaśira iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / apareṇa samayena sa ṛṣiḥ kālagataḥ / mṛgaśirasā kapālākoṭanī vidyā śikṣitā / sa kapālam ākoṭya sarvaṃ vyākaroti / yadi tāvat khaṃkhaṭasvaro bhavati ūrdhvagāmī bhavati devopapattiṃ vyākaroti / atha madhyo bhavati ūrdhvagāmī bhavati manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākaroti / etat sugatinimittam* / atha durgatinimittam* / yadi tāvad gadgadasvaro bhavati adhogāmī bhavati narakopapattiṃ vyākaroti / atha madhyasvaro bhavati adhogāmī bhavati tiryagupapattiṃ / atha mṛdusvaro 'dhogāmī bhavati pretopapattim* /
tato bhagavatā tasya vinayakālaṃ jñātvā āyuṣmān ānanda uktaḥ / gacchānanda catvāri śirāṃsy ādhāya srotaāpannasya sakṛdāgāmino 'nāgāmino 'rhataś ceti / evaṃ bhadantety ayuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutaḥ / catvāri śirāṃsy ādhāya tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / vyākuruṣveti / sa srotaāpannasyeti kapālam ākoṭya kathayaty ayaṃ deveṣūpapannaḥ / sakṛdāgāmino 'py evam eva / anāgāmino 'py evam eva / arhataḥ kapālam (MSV II 81) ākotya viṣayaṃ na jānāti na vijānāti / tasyaitad abhavat* /
bhraṣṭo 'smi tasmād upadeśataḥ kiṃ athavā na cāryakule prasūtaḥ /
kiṃ vā nimittāni na tādṛśāni yenāsya na jānāmi taṃ hi pracāram* /
āyuṣmān ānandaḥ kathayati /
na sarvavidyāsu kṛtaśramas tvaṃ yenāsya jānāsi taṃ hi pracāram* /
adhīṣva tāvan nikhilāṃ vidyāṃ lokasya paścād vyapadekṣyasi tvam iti /
mṛgaśirāḥ (258r1 = GBM 6.828) kathayati / asti kaścit tvayā sarvavidyāsu kṛtāvī dṛṣṭaḥ / sa kathayati / asti / tathāgato 'rhat samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sarvavidyāyāṃ pāraṃgataḥ / atha mṛgaśirā yena bahagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat* /
tiryak pretamanuṣyadevaniraye jānāsi jantor gatim*
śiṣṭaṃ nopalabhe ca satvacaritaṃ vidyāparādhe sati /
ācakṣva tribhavārṇavasya mahato vistīrṇapāraṃ prabho
kiṃ tat sarvaparapravādivijaya śiṣṭaṃ na vijñāyate // iti //
bhagavān āha /
ayoghanahatasyaiva jvalato jātavedasaḥ
anupūrvopaśāntasya yathā na jñāyate gatiḥ /{cf. Uv 30.35}
(MSV II 82)
tathā samyagvimuktānāṃ kāmapaṅkaughatāriṇām*
prajñaptaṃ vā gatir nāsti prāptānām acalaṃ padam* // iti //
evam ukte mṛgaśirā bhagavantam idam avocat* / labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti / tato bhagavatā pravrājita upasaṃpāditaḥ / pravrājyopasaṃpādya yathābhiramyaṃ rājagṛhe vihṛtya yena śrāvastī tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ / anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ / śrāvastyāṃ viharati pūrvārāme mṛgāramatuḥ prāsāde / abhyavakāśe caṃkramyamāṇena nakṣatrāṇi viparītāni dṛṣṭāni / dṛṣṭvā ca punar āyuṣmantaṃ mṛgaśirasam āmantrayate / samanvāhara mṛgaśiraḥ kiyac cireṇa devo varṣiṣyatīti / sa kathayati / naṣṭo 'yaṃ bhadanta lokaḥ pranaṣṭo 'yam* / yathā nakṣatrāṇi vyavasthitāni dvādaśabhir varṣaiḥ / bhagavatā nakṣatrāṇi samāny adhiṣṭhāyoktoḥ / punar jānīṣveti / sa kathayati / ṣaḍbhir varṣair evam* / bhagavatā punaḥ paryanuyukto bravīti / paṃcabhir varṣaiḥ / evaṃ yāvat saptabhir divasair iti / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / śayanāsanaṃ bhikṣavaś channe gopayata / adyaiva śalabhasaṃnipātena devo varṣiṣyati / tatra ye snāsyanti teṣām utpādagaṇḍapiṭakāni na (MSV II 83) bhaviṣyantīti / iti hi mṛgaśiro nakṣatrāṇi capalāni caṃcalāny anavasthāyīni / jīvitam api caṃcalam anavasthitam ity evam uktaḥ / mṛgaśirā bhagavato 'bhiprasannaḥ / tathābhiprasannena cārhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam* / tato vimuktiprītisukhasaṃvedī gāthā bhāṣate /
gatir mṛgāṇāṃ pavanam ākāśaṃ pakṣiṇāṃ gatiḥ /
gatir virāgiṇāṃ dharmo nirvāṇaṃ gatir arhatām* // iti //
aśrauṣīd viśākhā mṛgāramātā bhagavān kosaleṣu janpadeṣu cārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ śrāvastyāṃ viharaty asmākam evārāma iti / śrutvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā / (258v1 = GBM 6.829) upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇā / ekāntaniṣaṇṇāṃ viśākhāṃ mṛgāramātaraṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm* / atha viśākhā mṛgāramātā utthāyāsanād yena bhagavāṃs tenāṃjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat* / adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgheneti / adhivāsayati bhagavān pūrvavad yāvad udakamaṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya / bhagavataḥ preṣyadārikayā kālārocikayā kalām ārocayati / yāvad asau preṣyadārikā pūrvārāmaṃ gatvā paśyati bhikṣūn kavāṭavivareṇa nagnān snāyinaḥ / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ saṃlakṣayati / nūnam āryakāḥ prakrāntāḥ ebhiḥ putramoṭikāputrair ājīvikair ayaṃ vihāro 'vaṣṭabdha iti / sā (MSV II 84) tvaritatvaritam āgatya kathayati / yat khalv ārye jānīyā āryāḥ prakrāntāḥ / putramoṭikāputrair ājīvakair asau vihāro 'vaṣṭabdha iti / viśākhā saṃlakṣayati / asthānam anavakāśo yad bhagavān adhivāsyābhuktvā prakramiṣyati / nūnam anayā bhikṣavo vinagnā dṛṣṭā iti / tayānyaḥ kālārocakaḥ puruṣaḥ preṣitaḥ / samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti pūrvavad yāvad bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātram* / vṛddhānte niṣadya bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta aṣṭau mahādānāni prajñāpayitum* / āgantuke dānaṃ gamike dānaṃ glāne dānaṃ glānopasthāyike dānaṃ dhruvaṃ yavāguṃ dhruvaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ varṣāśāṭīcīvaraṃ bhikṣuṇīnāṃ codakaśāṭikām iti / bhagavān āha / kiṃ punas tad viśākhe ānuśaṃsaṃ samanupaśyantī āgantuke dānaṃ dadāsi / āgantuko bhadanta bhikṣur na gocarakuśalo bhavati na vīthīkuśalaḥ / sa madīyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhujya gocarakuśalo bhaviṣyati / vīthīkuśalaś ca / sādhu sādhu viśākhe gatam etat* / kimarthaṃ samanupaśyantī gamikadānaṃ dadāsi / gamiko bhadanta bhikṣuḥ piṇḍapātaṃ paryeṣamāṇaḥ sārthāt paribhṛśyate / yūthaparibhṛṣṭo vihanyate / sa madīyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhujya sārthān na paribhṛśyate / nāpi yūthaparibhṛṣṭo vihanyate / sādhu sādhu viśākhe etad api gatam* / kimarthavaśaṃ samanupaśyantī glāne dānaṃ dadāsi / glāno bhadanta bhikṣuḥ piṇḍapātaṃ (MSV II 85) paryeṣamāṇaḥ klāmed vā kālaṃ vā kuryāt* / sa madīyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhujya glānyād utthāsyati sukhasparśaṃ vihariṣyati / sādhu sādhu viśākhe etad api gatam* / kimarthavaśaṃ samanupaśyantī (259r1 = GBM 6.830) glānopasthāyiko dānaṃ dadāsi / glānopasthāyiko bhadanta bhikṣur ātmārthaṃ piṇḍakaṃ paryeṣamāṇo glānasya kṛtyaṃ hāpayati / sa madīyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhujya saṃpādayiṣyati / sādhu sādhu viśākhe etad api gatam* / kimarthavaśaṃ samanupaśyantī saṃghe dhruvayavāguṃ dadāsi / santi bhadanta bhagavataḥ śrāvakā dīptāgnayo mandāgnayaś ca / tatra ye mandāgnayas teṣām agnisaṃrakṣaṇaṃ ye tu dīptāgnayas teṣāṃ balopacayaḥ / sādhu sādhu viśākhe / etad api gatam* / kimarthavaśaṃ samanupaśyantī saṃghe dhruvabhaiṣajyaṃ dadāsi / santi bhadanta bhagavataḥ śrāvakā bahvābādhāḥ svalpābādhāś ca / tatra ye bahvābādhās teṣāṃ kṛtam eva tāvat* / ye tv alpābādhās te paribhujya bhūyasyā mātrayā sukhasparśaṃ vihariṣyanti / sādhu sādhu viśākhe etad api gatam* / kimarthavaśaṃ samanupaśyantī bhikṣūṇāṃ varṣāśāṭīcīvaraṃ dadāsi / adyaiva mayā bhadanta preṣyadārikā kālārocikā preṣitā / tayā bhikṣavo dṛṣṭā nagnāḥ snātum* / sā me āgatya kathayati / āryakāḥ prakrāntāḥ putramoṭikāputrair ājīvikair vihāro 'vaṣṭabdha iti / te madīyena varṣāśāṭīcīvareṇa guptāḥ snāsyanti / sādhu sādhu viśākhe etad api gatam* / kimarthavaśaṃ samanupaśyantī bhikṣuṇīnām udakaśāṭikāṃ dadāsi / eko 'yaṃ bhadanta samayaḥ saṃbahulāś ca bhikṣuṇyo 'jiravatyāṃ nagnāḥ snānti / (MSV II 86) tā gṛhiṇyo vipuṣpya vipuṣpya bhikṣuṇīnām aṅgulyagreṇa guhyasthānāny upadarśayanti / tāḥ upadarśyamānāḥ madguvo bhavanti / madīyayā tu udakaśāṭikayā tā guptāḥ snāsyanti / sādhu sādhu viśākhe yāni tvayā aṣṭau puṇyakriyāvastūni samākhyātāni saṃdṛśyante etāni / saptasv aupadhikeṣu puṇyakriyāvastuṣv antargatāny etāni / saptasv aupadhikeṣu puṇyakriyāvastuṣu na labhyaṃ puṇyasya pramāṇam udgrahītum etāvat puṇyaṃ vā puṇyaphalaṃ vā puṇyaphalavipāko veti / api tu bahutvāt puṇyasya mahāpuṇyaḥ puṇyaskandha iti saṃkhyāṃ gacchati /
idaṃ cāhaṃ bhadanta śroṣyāmi / amuko bhikṣuḥ sa bhagavatā pratipadyeva vyākṛtāḥ / eṣo 'pi bhikṣus trayāṇāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇāt srotaāpanno bhavaty avinipātadharmo niyataṃ saṃbodhiparāyaṇaḥ saptakṛtvo bhavaparamāḥ saptakṛtvo devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca saṃdhāyya saṃsṛtya duḥkhasyāntaṃ kariṣyatīti / sa kadācit śrāvastīm āgamiṣyati punaś ca gamiṣyati / sa madīyam āgantukabhaktaṃ pūrvavad yāvad varṣāśāṭīcīvaraṃ paribhokṣyati / bhikṣuṇī ca yāvad udakaśāṭikām iti / śrutvā ca punar adhigamiṣyāmi prītiprāmodyam udāraṃ kuśalaṃ naiṣkramyopasaṃhitam* / (259v1 = GBM 6.831) amuko bhikṣuḥ (MSV II 87) bhagavatā vyākṛtaḥ / eṣa bhikṣus trayāṇāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇād rāgadveṣamohānāṃ ca tanutvāt sakṛdāgāmī bhaviṣyati / sakṛd imaṃ lokam āgatya duḥkhasyāntaṃ kariṣyatīti / so 'pi kadācit* śrāvastīm āgamiṣyati / sa madīyam āgantukabhaktaṃ pūrvavad yāvat* varṣāśāṭīcīvaraṃ bhikṣuṇī codakaśāṭikām iti / śrutvā ca punar adhigamiṣyāmi prītiprāmodyam udāraṃ kuśalaṃ naiṣkramyopasaṃhitam* / amuko bhikṣuḥ sa bhagavatā vyākṛtaḥ / eṣa bhikṣuḥ paṃcānām avarabhāgīyānāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇād anāgāmī / bhaviṣyaty anāgantā punar imaṃ lokam iti / so 'pi kadācit* śrāvastīm āgamiṣyati punaś ca gamiṣyati / sa madīyam āgantukabhaktaṃ pūrvavad yāvad varṣāśāṭīcīvaraṃ bhikṣuṇī codakaśāṭikām iti / śrutvā ca punar adhigamiṣyāmi prītiprāmodyam udāraṃ kuśalaṃ naiṣkramyopasaṃhitam* / amuko bhikṣuḥ sa bhagavatā vyākṛtaḥ / eṣa bhikṣuḥ sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtvā nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau pravekṣyatīti / so 'pi kadācit* śrāvastīm āgamiṣyati punaś ca gamiṣyati / sa madīyam āgantukabhaktaṃ pūrvavad yāvad varṣāśāṭīcīvaraṃ bhikṣuṇī codakaśāṭikām iti / śrutvā ca punar adhigamiṣyāmi prītiprāmodyam udāraṃ kuśalaṃ naiṣkramyopasaṃhitam* / atha bhagavān viśākhāṃ mṛgāramātaraṃ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ /
atha bhagavān yathābhiramya śrāvastyāṃ viharati / yena vaiśālī tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ / anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran vaiśālīm anuprāptaḥ / vaiśālyāṃ viharati markaṭahradatīre kūṭāgāraśālāyām* / atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat* (MSV II 88) tena khalu samayena saṃbahulā bhikṣava ārāmadvāre aśucimrakṣitāni śayanāsanāni śocayanty ātāpayanti praviṣajanti / adrākṣīd bhagavān saṃbahulān bhikṣūn ārāmadvāre aśucimrakṣitāni śayanāsanāni śocayata ātapayataḥ praviṣajataḥ / dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat* / yad api śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ prapīḍya prapīḍya tvaṅmāṃsaśoṇitaṃ dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti tad api bhikṣavo mātrayā pratisaṃkhyāya paribhuṃjanta iti viditvā vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyaḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātapratikrāntaḥ pātracīvaraṃ pratiśāmayya pādau prakṣālya vihāraṃ prāvikṣat pratisaṃlayanāya / atha bhagavān sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthāya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / (260r1 = GBM 6.832) niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / ihāhaṃ bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣam* / adrākṣam ahaṃ bhikṣavaḥ saṃbahulān bhikṣūn ārāmadvāre aśucimrakṣitāni śayanāsanāni śocayata ātapayataḥ praviṣajataḥ / dṛṣṭvā ca punar me etad abhavat* / yad api śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ prapīḍya prapīḍya tvaṅmāṃsaśoṇitaṃ dānāni dadati puṇyāni kurvanti tad api bhikṣavo mātrayā pratisaṃkhyāya paribhuṃjante / sādhu bhikṣavaḥ śraddhādeyasya mātrāparibhojitāyāḥ kālaparibhojitāyā vīciparibhojitāyāḥ saṃkhyāparibhojitāyā mitaparibhojitāyāḥ / (MSV II 89) atha bhagavāñ chraddhādeyasya mātrādiparibhojitānāṃ varṇaṃ bhāṣitvā bhikṣūn amantrayate sma / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo na vinā pratyāstaraṇena sāṃghikaṃ śayanāsanaṃ paribhoktavyam aśucimrakṣitaṃ śayanāsanaṃ ca / tatkṣaṇād eva śocayitavyam anyathā sātisāraḥ /
atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣad āyuṣmatānandena paścācchramaṇena / adrākṣīd bhagavān anyataraṃ puruṣaṃ kālakapṛṣṭham* / dūrād eva dṛṣṭvā ca punar āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / paśyasi tvam ānanda etaṃ puruṣaṃ kālakapṛṣṭham* / evaṃ bhadanta / eṣa ānanda puruṣaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pravacane pravrajita āsīt* / tatrānena sāṃghikaṃ śayanāsanaṃ kalpapratyāstaraṇena malapratyāstaraṇena paṭṭikāṃ surucikāṃ loḍhakaṃ kṛtvā paribhuktam* / tasya karmaṇo vipākena paṃca janmaśatāni kālakaprṣṭho jātaḥ / yāvad etarhy api kālakapṛṣṭho jāta iti / viditvā vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pūrvavad yāvat pratisaṃlayanād vyūtthāya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / adyāhaṃ bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya (MSV II 90) praviṣṭaḥ / tatrāham adrākṣaṃ puruṣaṃ kālakapṛṣṭham* / sa kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pravacane bhikṣur āsīt* / tatrānena sāṃghikaṃ śayanāsanaṃ kalpapratyāstaraṇena pūrvavad yāvat paṃca janmaśatāni kālakapṛṣṭho jātaḥ / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo 'dyāgreṇa na bhikṣuṇā kalpapratyāstaraṇena sāṃghikaṃ śayanāsanaṃ paribhoktavyam* / paribhuṃkte / sātisāraḥ / api tu dvābhyāṃ pratyāstaraṇābhyāṃ paribhoktavyaṃ ghanena vā ekapuṭena / pailottikena vā dvipuṭena /
bhikṣavaś citropacitrāṇi pratyāstaraṇāni dhārayanti dīrghadaśāni / brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti / bhagavān āha / nīlaṃ kardamaṃ kaṣāyaṃ vā pratyāstaraṇaṃ śastralūnaṃ kṛtvā dhārayitavyam* / anyathā sātisāraḥ /
bhikṣavaḥ kuṇḍūrogeṇa (260v1 = GBM 6.833) bādhyante / tasya cīvarakāṇi pūyaśoṇitopaliptāni durgandhitāni makṣikākīrṇāni / sa piṇḍapātaṃ praviṣṭaḥ / taṃ dṛṣṭvā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / tasmād anujānāmi kaṇḍūpracchādanaṃ dhārayitavyam* / paṃcabhiḥ ṣaḍbhir vā divasaiḥ śocayitavyam* / anyathā sātisāraḥ /
bhikṣavaḥ kuṣṭharogeṇa bādhyante / te sāṃghikāni śayanāsanāni paribhuṃjate / prāsādeṣu puṣkariṇyāṃ dvārakoṣṭhake pariṣaṇḍāyāṃ caṃkrameṣu saṃsthānavṛkṣeṣu tiṣṭhanti / durgandhān makṣikābhir ākīrṇān* / (MSV II 91) tān dṛṣṭvā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / kuṣṭharogābhibhūtasyāhaṃ bhikṣavo bhikṣor āsamudācārikān dharmān prajñāpayiṣyāmi / kuṣṭharogābhibhūtena bhikṣuṇā sāṃghikam śayanāsanaṃ layanaṃ ca na paribhoktavyam* / prāsādādiṣu yathāparikīrtiteṣu sthāneṣu sthātavyam* / sāmghikī prasrāvakuṭī varcaḥkuṭī ca na praveṣṭavyā / pratigupte sthāne saṃghena tasya vāso deyaḥ / upasthānaṃ ca kartavyam* / kuṣṭharogābhibhūto bhikṣur yathāprajñaptān āsamudācārikān dharmān na samādāya vartate saṃgho vā sātisāro bhavati /
āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / labhyaṃ bhadanta sugatacīvaram atirekacīvarakalpena dhārayitum* / na labhyam upālin* / labhyaṃ bhadanta kauśeyaṃ cīvaraṃ tricīvarādhiṣṭhānena atirekacīvarādhiṣṭhānena dhārayitum* / labhyam upālin yatheṣṭhataḥ / evaṃ pūrṇakaṃ śāṇakaṃ labhyam /
uddānam* /
bhāṅgeyaṃ keśacīvaraṃ nāgnyaṃ keśalucanaṃ parṇaśāṭīm* /
ajinaṃ sāntarottaraṃ tirīṭim aṅganīlakam* /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / athānyatamo bhikṣur yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte (MSV II 92) asthāt* / ekāntasthitaḥ sa bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta bhāṅgeyaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / tīrthikadhvaja eṣa mohapuruṣaḥ yaduta bhāṅgeyaṃ cīvaram* / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā bhāṅgeyaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayitavyam* / dhārayati sātisāro bhavati /
aparo bhikṣur gatvā bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta keśacīvaraṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / tīrthikadhvaja eṣa mohapuruṣaḥ / pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta nāgnyaṃ samādātum* / bhagavān āha / tīrthikadhvaja eṣa mohapuruṣaḥ yaduta nāgnyam* / api tu tricīvaraṃ mayānujñātaṃ kimarthaṃ nāgnyaṃ samādadāsi / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā nāgnyaṃ samādātavyam* / samādadāti / āpadyate sthūlātyayaḥ / atha sa (261r1 = GBM 6.834) bhikṣur nāgnyam alabhamānaḥ śikṣāṃ pratyākhyāya hānāyāvṛttaḥ / bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadantāsau bhikṣur nāgnyam alabhamānaḥ śikṣāṃ pratyākhyāya hānāyāvṛttam* / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani ahrīkyadoṣād dārikāṃ na labdhavāṃs tac chrūyatām* /
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo dhṛtarāṣṭro nāma haṃsarājo babhūva / tasya duhitā svayaṃvarāvatīrṇā / śrutvā nānādigdeśanivāsinaḥ pakṣiṇaḥ sannipatitāḥ / ekaikaḥ saṃlakṣayati māṃ varayiṣyatīti / tayā (MSV II 93) dārikayā mayūro dṛṣṭaḥ / sā kathayati / eṣa mama bharteti / tasyāparaiḥ samākhyātam* / tvam anayā vṛta iti / sa kalāpaṃ pūrvīkṛtya nartitum ārabdhaḥ / sa dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa dṛṣṭaḥ / kathayati / kimartham ayam nṛtyatīti / aparaiḥ samākhyātam* / tava duhitā vṛtā iti / sa kathayati / hrīvyapatrāpyaviyukto 'yaṃ nāham asmai duhitaraṃ dadāmīti / sa śrutvā mayūro dhṛtarāṣṭrasakāśaṃ gatvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate /
svaro manojño rucitaraś ca varṇo vyāmapramāṇāni ca varhakāṇi /
grīvā ca vaidūryamaṇeḥ samānā dadāsi kasmān na bhavān sutāṃ me //
dhṛtarāṣṭraḥ prāha /
svaro manojño rucitaraś ca varṇo vyāmapramāṇāni ca varhakāṇi /
grīvā ca vaidūryamaṇeḥ samānāhrīkyadoṣāt tu na te dadāmi // iti //
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau mayūraḥ eṣa evāsau bhikṣus tena kālena tena samayena / tadāpy eṣa ahrīkyadoṣād dārikām alabhamāno duḥkhī durmanā pakṣiṇamadhyād avakrāntaḥ / etarhy apy asau nāgnyam albhamāno duḥkhī durmanā bhikṣusaṃghamadhyāt prakrāntaḥ /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta keśān luṃcitum* / bhagavān āha / muṇḍanaṃ mayā samanujñātam* / kasmāt tvaṃ keśān luṃcasi / tīrthikadhṛta eṣa mohapuruṣaḥ yaduta keśaluṃcanam* / tasmān na hi bhikṣuṇā keśā luṃcitavyāḥ / luṃcati / sātisāro bhavati / (MSV II 94)
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta parṇaśāṭikāṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / tīrthikadhṛtam etan mohapuruṣaḥ / pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta ajinaṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / tīrthikadhvajam etan mohapuruṣaḥ / yaduta ajinam* / dhārayati pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta sāntarottareṇa cīvareṇa yāpayitum* / tricīvaraṃ mayā mohapuruṣa samanujñātam* / kasmāt tvaṃ sāntarottareṇa yāpayasi / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā sāntarottareṇa cīvareṇa yāpayitavyam* / yāpayati / sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ (261v1 = GBM 6.835) bhadanta tirīṭiṃ dhārayitum* / tirīṭi iti valkalaḥ / bhagavān āha / tīrthikadhvaja eṣa pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta aṃganāḍikāṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / āgārikadharmas tarhy eṣāho mohapuruṣā yadutāṃganāḍikā / pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
(MSV II 95)
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta sarvanīlaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / āgārikā hy enaṃ dhārayanti / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā sarvanīlaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayitavyam* / pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati / evaṃ sarvapītaṃ sarvalohitam avadātaṃ na kalpayaty eva /
uddānam* /
dīrghadaśaṃ channadaśaṃ {MS phaṇadaśaṃ} kambukoṣṇīṣaveṣṭanam* /
kutapam uṣṭrakambalaṃ plīhakānandaḥ sāntarottaram* //
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta dīrghadaśaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / tīrthikadhvajaḥ pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta channadaśaṃ {MS phaṇadaśaṃ} cīvaraṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / tīrthikadhvaja eṣa mohapuruṣa pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta kambukaṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / āgārikadhvaja eṣa mohapuruṣa pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta uṣṇīṣaṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / āgārikadhvaja eṣa mohapuruṣa pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati / (MSV II 96)
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta śiroveṣṭanaṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / āgārikadhvaja eṣa mohapuruṣa pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta kutapaṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / āgārikadhvaja eṣa pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
aparo 'pi bhikṣur bhagavantam idam avocat* / icchāmy ahaṃ bhadanta uṣṭrakambalaṃ dhārayitum* / bhagavān āha / āgārikadhvaja eṣa pūrvavad yāvat sātisāro bhavati /
āyuṣmān plīhakānandaḥ anyatamasminn abhikṣuke āvāse akavāṭake varṣā upagataḥ / tasya bahir nigatasya saṃghāṭy upahṛtā / etad yāvad bhagavān āha / na bhikṣuṇā abhikṣuke āvāse akavāṭake varṣā upagantavyam* / na ca vinā saṃghāṭyā kvacid gantavyam* / gacchati / sātisāro bhavati /
āyuṣmān plīhakānando glānaḥ / tasyāyuṣmān ānando glānopasthāyakaḥ / devaś ca varṣitum ārabdhaḥ / sa notsahate saṃghāṭīṃ prāvṛtya gantum* / (262r1 = GBM 6.836) bhagavān āha / sāntarottareṇa gantavyam* /
api tu saṃghāṭyā paṃcopanikṣepaṇakalpā / sabhikṣuka āvāsaḥ sakavāṭaḥ / devo varṣati / varṣāśaṅke ca / nadīpāraṃ vā gantukāmo (MSV II 97) bhavati / āstīrṇaḥ kaṭhina āvāso bhavati / saṃghena saṃmatir dattā bhavati /
antaroddānam* /
vārṣikaśramaṇoddeśā utpādenāpi ca dvayam* /
kulopakāś ca kaukṛtyaṃ saṃghalābhena tasya tat* //
uktaṃ bhagavatā bhikṣūṇāṃ cīvarapāto deya iti / bhikṣavaḥ saṃghapravārita eva janapade cārikāṃ prakrāmanti / teṣāṃ na kaścil lābhaṃ gṛhṇāti / bhagavān āha / bhikṣum avalokayitvā gantavyaṃ yo 'sya lābhaṃ gṛhṇāti / apare 'pi bhikṣava anavalokitā evaṃ gṛhṇanti / bhikṣūṇāṃ parasparaṃ virodho bhavati / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣuṇā anavalokitena lābho grahītavyaḥ / gṛhṇāti / sātisāro bhavati / apare 'pi bhikṣavaḥ avalokitā api pratijñāya na gṛhṇanti / bhagavān āha / te sarvaṃ dāpyāḥ / śramaṇerāṇāṃ prakrāntānāṃ na kaścil lābhaṃ gṛhṇāti / bhagavān āha / teṣām ācāryopādhyāyair grahītavyam* / bhikṣavaḥ kulābhaṃ (MSV II 98) bhājayanti / viprakrāntānāṃ nānuprayacchanti kulābha iti kṛtvā / bhagavān āha / ye 'valokitās tair grahītavyam* / apare 'navalokyaiva gatāḥ / teṣāṃ na kaścid gṛhṇāti / bhikṣavaḥ kaukṛtyena na gṛhṇanti / bhagavān āha / grahītavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* / aparaṃ naiva śakyate bhājayitum alpaṃ kṛtvā / bhagavān āha / anyena miśrīkṛtya vihārasthair bhājayitavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* / kulābham avalokito na gṛhṇāti / paṃca paṇān upādāya sphuṭaṃ dāpayitavyam* /
anyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ / tena vihāraḥ kāritaḥ / tatra yadi bhikṣuśataṃ prativasati paṭakaśataṃ dadāti / evaṃ yāvad eko 'pi bhikṣuḥ prativasati paṭakaśatam eva dadāti / yāvad apareṇa samayena tasminn eva vihāre dvau mahallau varṣoṣitau / tena gṛhapatinā paṭakaśataṃ preṣitam* / tau gṛhītvā parasparaṃ vicārayataḥ / ekaḥ kathayati saṃghasyāyaṃ lābhaḥ pratipadyata iti / dvitīyaḥ kathayati / asmākam eva prāpadya iti / yady evaṃ gṛhāṇa / sa kathayati / mā parasparavirodhaḥ syāt* / yāvad ekenāpi na gṛhītam* / tau punar vicārayataḥ / katham atra pratipattavyam* / ekaḥ kathayati / bhikṣava āhūyantām* / taiḥ saha bhājayiṣyāmaḥ / dvitīyaḥ kathayati / evaṃ bhavatu / ko gacchatu / yo navakaḥ / ko vastrāṇi gopāyati / yo navakaḥ / na śakyam evam* (MSV II 99) yo navakaḥ sa gacchatu yo vṛddhaḥ sa vastrāṇi gopāyatu / evaṃ bhavatu / navakaḥ śrāvastīṃ gato bhikṣūṇām ānayanāya / (262v1 = GBM 6.837) ācaritaṃ ṣaḍvargikāṇām* / aśūnyaṃ jetavanadvāram anyatamānyatamena ṣaḍvargikeṇa / upanando jetavanadvāre tiṣṭhati / tenāsau dūrata eva dṛṣṭo bakākāraśirāḥ pralambabhrūḥ / sa saṃlakṣayati / ko 'py ayaṃ sthaviro bhikṣur āgacchati / pratyudgacchāmīti / sa pratyudgataḥ / svāgataṃ svāgataṃ sthavira / vande ācārya / sa saṃlakṣayati / nāyam ācāryaṃ jānīte nāpy upādhyāyam* / mahallo 'yam iti viditvā kathayati / sālohita kutas tvam āgacchasi / amukasmāt karvaṭakāt* / kiṃ tatra vihāraḥ / vihāraḥ / kim asau vihāra āhosvid vighātaḥ / tena yathāvṛttaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam* / tvaṃ kimartham āgataḥ / bhojanāya bhikṣūn nayāmi / yady evam aham eva yuṣmākam anukampārthaṃ gacchāmi / ācārya śobhanam* / upanandaḥ saṃlakṣayati / yady ayaṃ matsakāśād anyatra gamiṣyati mahājanapratisaṃviditaṃ kariṣyati / surakṣitaḥ kartavya iti / sa tena pratiśāmitaḥ / akālapānako dattaḥ / kathāsaṃlāpena tāvād vidhārito yāvad vikālībhūtam* / śayyā śobhanā prajñaptā / pādaśaucaṃ pādamrakṣaṇaṃ ca dattam* / tāvac cāvasthito yāvan middham avakrāntam* / tata upanandena sā rātriḥ kṛcchreṇātināmitā / mā mantrasrāvaḥ syād iti / tataḥ sa rātram evotthāya sālohitam ādāya tvaritatvaritaṃ (MSV II 100) saṃprasthitaḥ / anupūrveṇa karvaṭakam anuprāptaḥ / tatas tena dvitīyena sālohitena vihārasthena svāgatavādasamudācāreṇa samudācarya viśrāmitaḥ / atha trayo 'pi janā ekasmin sthāne niṣaṇṇāḥ / upanandaḥ kathayati / bhājayāmo lābhaṃ sthavirāḥ / bhājayāmaḥ / upanandenaiko mahalla uktaḥ / sālohita tvaṃ bhājaya / sthavira nāhaṃ bhājayāmi / kimartham* / mā me pratyavāyaḥ syāt* / dvitīyo 'py uktaḥ / sālohita tvaṃ bhājaya / so 'py evam eva kathayati / upanandaḥ kathayati / yuvāṃ pratyavāyabhīrukau kim icchathaḥ / upananda ūrdhvapādovāṅmukho narakaṃ gamiṣyatīti / upananda saṃlakṣayati / sālohitāv etau mahallau bhettavyāv iti / tatas tayor dhruvapracāraṃ kalpakāraṃ pṛṣṭvā ekasya sakāśam upasaṃkramya pṛcchati / sālohita tvayātra kiṃ kṛtam* / sthavira nityaṃ mayā vihāraḥ siktaḥ saṃmṛṣṭaḥ sukumārī gomayakārṣī datteti / sālohita yadi secanena saṃmārjanena vā lābho labhyeta upanandaḥ sarvavihārān siñcet saṃmārjayec ca / api tu yo 'tra lābhaḥ saṃpannaḥ sa tasyānyasya sālohitasyānubhāvāt* / so 'smin vihāre kālānukālaṃ dharmaśravaṇaṃ dadāti / dharmaśravaṇārthinyo devatā autsukyam āpannāḥ / (263r1 = GBM 6.838) ye 'tra lābhasaṃpannāḥ / tatas tasyānubhāvād ayaṃ lābhaḥ saṃpannaḥ / yam asau dadāti saḥ grahītavyo no tu vicārayitavyaḥ / sa tenābhyāhata iti pratibhinnas (MSV II 101) tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ / tato dvitīyasya sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati / sālohita tvayātra kiṃ kṛtam* / sthavira mayātra kālānukālaṃ dharmaśravaṇaṃ dattam* / sālohita yadi dharmaśravaṇena lābho labhyeta upanandas tiṣṭhan gacchan niṣaṇṇo niṣaṇṇaḥ sarvakālaṃ dharmaṃ deśayet* / yaḥ kaścid ayaṃ lābhaḥ saṃpannaḥ sarvo 'sau tasyānyasya sālohitasyānubhāvāt* / tenāyaṃ vihāro nityakālaṃ siktaḥ saṃmṛṣṭaḥ sukumārī gomayakārṣī tu pradattā / uktaṃ bhadanta bhagavatā paṃcānuśaṃsāḥ saṃmārjane / katame paṃca / ātmanaś cittaṃ prasīdati / parasya cittaṃ prasīdati / devatā āttamanaso bhavanti / prāsādikasaṃvartanīyaṃ kuśalamūlam upacinoti / kāyasya bhedāt sugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyata iti / tad atra vihāre saṃmārjanena dānapatayo 'bhiprasannāḥ / devatā cāttamanasaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ / tenātra lābhasaṃpannāḥ / atas tasyānubhāvād ayaṃ lābhaḥ saṃpannaḥ / yam asau dadāti sa grahītavyo no tu vicārayitavya iti / so 'py abhyāhataḥ pratibhinnas tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ / tau niṣpratibhātau kṛtvā kathayati / sālohitāv asty anya upāyaḥ / jñaptiṃ kṛtvā bhājayāmaḥ / jñaptikarmākopyam uktaṃ bhagavateti / tau pūrvam evābhyāhatau kathayataḥ / sthavira yathecchasi tathā kuruṣveti / tata upanandena trayo bhāgāḥ kṛtāḥ / dvayor bhāgayor madhye svayaṃ niṣaṇṇaḥ / tayor dvayor madhye ekaṃ bhāgaṃ sthāpayitvā jñaptiṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / śṛṇutaṃ yuvāṃ sālohitau dvau / ayam ekaḥ / imau dvau / aham eka eva / tat trayam (MSV II 102) ity eṣā jñaptiḥ / tato dvau bhāgāv ātmanā gṛhītvā tayor eko dattaḥ / tau kathayataḥ sthavira sa evāsmākaṃ kaliḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / tvam evāsmākaṃ bhājaya / sa bhājayitum ārabdhaḥ / tatrāpy ekaḥ paṭako 'tiriktaḥ / tam apy ādāya paṭakānāṃ bhāraṃ baddhvā saṃprasthitaḥ / tato 'nupūrveṇa śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ / bhikṣubhir dṛṣṭa uktaś ca / bhadantopananda kas tvayā paścācchirāśayano dṛṣṭaḥ / tena yathāvṛttaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam* / te kathayanti / kalpate tavaivaṃ kartum* / amitrāṇāṃ pādaṃ gale datvā / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān saṃlakṣayati / yaḥ kaścid ādīnavo bhikṣavaḥ parakīye lābhe sannipatanti / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā parakīye lābhe sannipatitavyam* / sannipatati / sātisāro bhavati / bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / paśya bhadanta āyuṣmatā upanandena (263v1 = GBM 6.839) tan mahalladvayaṃ dharmamukhikayā vyaṃsitam* / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvany anena mahalladvayaṃ vyaṃsitam* / tac chrūyatām* /
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin nadītīre udradvayaṃ prativasati / tad yadā jalena gacchati tadā matsyāḥ sthalam abhiruhanti / yadā (MSV II 103) tu sthalena gacchati tadā matsyā jale nipatanti / na kiñcid aghaṃ sādhayanti / tatas taiḥ sāmīciḥ kṛtā / eko 'smākaṃ jalena gacchatu dvitīyaḥ sthalena / yat saṃpadyate tad asmāt sāmānyam iti / tatraiko jalena saṃprasthito dvitīyaḥ sthalena / tatra ye jalasthena matsyāḥ saṃtrāsitāḥ sthalam abhirohanti / tān sthalasthā praghātayati jalasthāñ jalastha eva / yāvan matsyānāṃ mahānurāśiḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / ekaḥ kathayati / tvaṃ bhājaya / dvitīyaḥ kathayati / nāhaṃ bhājayāmi / kimartham* / mā me pratyavāyaḥ syāt* / so 'pi kathayati / yady apy evaṃ mamāpy eva eṣa doṣaḥ / tau cintāparau vyavasthitau / yāvat pūrṇamukho nāma śṛgālas tayoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / sa kathayati / bhāgineyau kiṃ cintāparas tiṣṭhataḥ / mātula asmākaṃ matsyāḥ saṃpannāḥ / kiṃ na bhājayathaḥ / mātula pratyavāyabhayāt* / yuvāṃ pratyavāyabhīrūkau kim icchathaḥ / pūrṇamukha ūrdhvapādo 'vāṅmukho narakaṃ patiṣyatīti / pūrṇamukhaḥ saṃlakṣayati / sahitāv etau bhettavyāv iti / tatas tayor dhruvapracāra kalpakāraṃ dṛṣṭvā ekasya sakāśam upasaṃkramya pṛcchati / bhāgineya tvayātra kiṃ kṛtam* / mātulaṃ ahaṃ jalena gataḥ / ye mayā jalena gacchatā matsyāḥ saṃtrāsitāḥ sthalam abhirūḍhāḥ te anena praghātitāḥ / bhāgineya yadi jalagamanena kiñcit saṃpadyeta pūrṇamukho nityaṃ jalena yāyāt* / tasya jalena gacchatā sthāṇubhayaṃ kaṇṭabhayaṃ (MSV II 104) śvāpadabhayaṃ kūlapātabhayam* / api tu yady asau na pratighātayati kiṃ tvaṃ trāsayitvā karoṣi / sarvathā ye 'tra matsyāḥ saṃpannās te tasyānubhāvān na tava / yad asau dadāti na grahītavyo no tu vicārayitavyaḥ / sa tenābhyāhataḥ pratibhinnas tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ / tato dvitīyasya sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati / bhāgineya tvayātra kiṃ kṛtam* / mātulo 'haṃ sthalena gato mayā sthalam abhirūḍhā matsyāḥ pratighātitāḥ / bhāgineya yadi sthalagamanena kiñcil labhyeta pūrṇamukho nityam eva sthalena yāyāt* / tasya jalena gacchatā ūrmibhayaṃ kūrmabhayaṃ śiśumārabhayaṃ kumbhīrabhayaṃ jālabhayam* / api tu yady asau na saṃtrāsayati kathaṃ tvaṃ praghātayasi / sarvathā ye tu matsyāḥ saṃpannās te tasyānubhāvāt* / yad asau dadāti (264r1 = GBM 6.840) sa grahītavyo no tu vicārayitavyaḥ / sa tenābhyāhataḥ pratibhinnas tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ / pūrṇamukho kathayati / bhāgineya asty anya upāyaḥ / gāthābhigītena tān bhājayāmaḥ / akopyaṃ bhaviṣyati / tau pūrvam evābhyāhatau kathayataḥ / mātula yathecchasi tathā kuru / pūrṇamukhena trayo bhāgāḥ kṛtāḥ / pucchānām eko matsyarāśiḥ śirasāṃ dvitīyo madhyamakhaṇḍānāṃ tṛtīya iti / gāthāṃ ca bhāṣate /
sthalacāriṇo hi lāṅgūlaṃ śiro gaṃbhīracāriṇaḥ /
yas tu madhyamako gaṇḍaḥ dharmasthas taṃ hariṣyati // iti //
(MSV II 105)
pūrṇamukhaḥ saṃlakṣayati / vyaṃsitāv etau / saṃpanno me lābhaḥ / sa mahato rohitasya matsyasya madhyagaṇḍam ādāya pituḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / tato 'sya mātā parituṣṭā gāthābhigītena paripṛcchati /
kutas tvaṃ pūrṇika eṣi kuta eṣi supūrṇika /
aśiraskam alāṅgūlaṃ matsyam ādāya rohitam* // iti
sa kathayati /
vivadante yena mūḍhā dharmādharmeṣv akovidāḥ /
alpecchās tena jīvanti rājakoṣaś ca vardhate // iti //
sāpi punar gāthāṃ bhāṣate /
sādhu te suparākrāntaṃ pūrṇika priyadarśana /
tvaṃ ca lābhena saṃyuktas tau cāpi paritoṣitau // iti //
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau pūrṇamukhaḥ śṛgāla eṣa evāsau upanandaḥ / tena kālena tena samayena yau tāv udrāv etau tau mahallau / tadāpy anena tau vyaṃsitāv etarhy apīti /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / anyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ / tena vihāraḥ kāritaḥ / tatra bhikṣuśataṃ vārṣā upagatam* / tasya gṛhapater buddhir utpannā paṭakaśataṃ samudānayāmi / bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayitvā pratyekam ekaikaṃ bhikṣuṃ paṭenācchādayiṣyāmīti / yāvad upanandena śrutam* / amuko gṛhapatir bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayitvā pratyekam ekaikaṃ bhikṣuṃ paṭenācchādayiṣyatīti / śrutvā ca punaḥ saṃlakṣayati / na bhavāmy upanando yadi (MSV II 106) tasmāt paṭakaṃ na niṣpādayāmīti / so 'nimantrita eṣa gataḥ / gṛhapatir bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhojayitvā cārayati / upanandaḥ paṭakaṃ gṛhītvā laghulaghv eva prakrāntaḥ / yāvad ekasya bhikṣoḥ paṭako nāsti / gṛhapatiḥ kathayaty ārya paṭakaśataṃ mayā sugaṇitam ānītam* / mā kenacid āryeṇa paṭadvayaṃ gṛhītaṃ bhaved iti / bhikṣavaḥ kathayanti / gṛhapate ko 'sāv evaṃ kariṣyati / api tu bhadantopanandas tvayopanimantritaḥ / ārya nāham upanimantrayāmi / sa taṃ paṭakam ādāya prakrāntaḥ / tato 'sau gṛhapatir avadhyāyitum ārabdhaḥ / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / yaḥ kaścid ādīnavo bhikṣavo 'nimantritāḥ parakīye (264v1 = GBM 6.841) lābhe saṃnipatanti / tasmān na bhikṣuṇānimantritena parakīye lābhe saṃnipatitavyam* / saṃnipatati / sātisāro bhavati /
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ / sarvasaṃśayacchetāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadanta āyuṣmān upanando 'nimantrita eva parakīye lābhe saṃnipatita iti / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣava etarhi / yathā atīte 'py adhvany upanando 'nimantritaḥ parakīye lābhe saṃnipatitaḥ / tac chrūyatām* /
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake brāhmaṇaḥ parṣanmahattaraḥ / tena māṇavaśataṃ traimāsīm upanimantrya māṇavaśataṃ bhojitām* / tasya buddhir utpannā pratyekam ekaikaṃ māṇavakaṃ paṭenācchādayiṣyāmīti / (MSV II 107) tasya nātidūre vṛddho brāhmaṇaḥ prativasati / tena śrutam* / sa prathamataraṃ vṛddhānte bhuktvā paṭam ādāya prakrāntaḥ / gṛhapatinā paṭakāc choritāḥ / yāvad ekasya māṇavakasya paṭo nāsti / sa pṛcchati / bhavanto mayā paṭakaśataṃ sugaṇitam ānītam* / mā kenacin māṇavakena paṭakadvayaṃ gṛhītaṃ bhaved iti / te kathayanti / ka evaṃ kariṣyati / api tu tvayā vṛddho brāhmaṇa upanimantritaḥ / nāham upanimantrayāmi / sa taṃ paṭakam ādāya prathamataraṃ prakrāntaḥ / sa brāhmaṇo 'vadhyāyitum ārabdhaḥ /
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau brāhmaṇo vṛddhaḥ eṣa evāsāv upanandas tena kālena tena samayena / tadāpy eṣo 'nimantritaḥ parakīye lābhe saṃnipatita etarhy apīti /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / anyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ / tena vihāraḥ kāritaḥ / tatraiko bhikṣur varṣā upagataḥ / sa utthānasaṃpannaḥ / tenāsau vihāraḥ pratidinam upaliptasaṃmṛṣṭaḥ kriyate / pratipatty evāsau vihāraḥ śobhane viviktāvakāśe ca bhūbhāge pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ nānāvṛkṣopaśobhite haṃsakrauṃcamayūraśukaśārikākokilābhinikūjite vividhapuṣpaphalopaśobhite / yāvad vistīrṇavibhavaḥ sārthavāhas tasmin vihāre rātrivāsam upagataḥ / tena tāṃ vihāraśobhām upavanaśobhāṃ ca dṛṣṭvābhiprasannenādṛṣṭvaiva bhikṣusaṃgham uddiśya prabhūto lābhaḥ preṣitaḥ / sa rātram evotthāya prakrāntaḥ / sa bhikṣuḥ kaukṛtikaḥ saṃghasyāyaṃ lābha iti kaukṛtyā na gṛhṇāti / bhikṣūn eva samanveṣate bhājayitum* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti bhagavān (MSV II 108) āha / gomayagṛham api ced bhikṣur niśṛtya varṣā upagato bhavati tatra ced brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ saṃgham uddiśya lābham anuprayacchanty alpaṃ vā prabhūtaṃ vā yas tatra vasati eko vā dvau vā saṃbahulā vā teṣām eva saḥ / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /
uddānam* / (265r1 = GBM 6.842)
bhinnānāṃ deyapratyaṃśaṃ ṛṣilasya ca cārikām* /
saṃghasya cīvaraṃ caiva aṣṭau lābhena kārayet* //
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / antarvarṣe bhadanta saṃgho bhidyeta / deyo lābho na deyaḥ / bhagavān āha / kasyacid upālin deyaḥ kasyacin na deyaḥ / kasya deyaḥ / dharmapākṣikasya // 1 // antarvarṣe bhadanta bhikṣuḥ śikṣāṃ pratyākhyāya hānāyāvartate / deyo lābho na deyaḥ / kasyacid upālin deyaḥ kasyacin na deyaḥ / kasya deyaḥ / yadbhūyo 'pi tasya // 2 // antarvarṣe bhadanta bhikṣuḥ kālaṃ kuryāt* / deyo lābho na deyaḥ / kasyacid upālin deyaḥ kayacin na deyaḥ / kasya deyaḥ / yadbhūyo 'pi tasya // 3 //
anyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ / tena vihāraḥ kāritaḥ sarvopakaraṇasaṃpannaḥ / āyuṣmāṃś ca śāriputro janapadacārikāṃ caran taṃ vihāram anuprāptaḥ / tena gṛhapatinā bhojayitvā paṃcabhiḥ paṭakaśatair ācchāditaḥ / sa tāni paṃca paṭakaśatāni tasminn eva vihāre datvā prakrāntaḥ / yāvat tasya dvau sārdhaṃvihāriṇau ṛṣila ṛṣidattaś ca janapadacārikāṃ carantau tam eva karvaṭakam anuprāptau / tāv api tena (MSV II 109) gṛhapatinā bhojayitvā paṃcabhiḥ paṭaśatair ācchāditau / tau bhikṣubhir ucyete / āyuṣmantau yuvayor upādhyāyena tasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśāt paṃca paṭaśatāni labdhāni / tāny asmābhir eva bhājitāni / adhunāpy eṣa lābho 'smākam eva prāpadyate / tau kathayataḥ / upādhyāyo jñāto mahāpuṇyaḥ / tena kadācid yuṣmākam evānumoditaḥ syāt* / te pratiboḍhum ārabdhāḥ / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / aṣṭāv ime bhikṣavo lābhāḥ / katame 'ṣṭau / sīmāhṛto lābhaḥ / kriyāhṛtaḥ / niśrayāhṛtaḥ / saṃghaprajñaptaḥ / bhikṣuprajñaptaḥ / vārṣikaḥ / saṃmukhaḥ / pratyādeśaś ca /
sīmāhṛto lābhaḥ katamaḥ / yathāpi tad evāvasatha ekaḥ poṣadhaḥ / tayor vihārayor yo lābhaḥ sa ubhayavihāraprativāsināṃ bhikṣūṇām* / tan nivāsino bhikṣavaḥ kadācid dhi ekapoṣadhena varṣā upagacchanti / tatra yo lābhaḥ saṃpadyate yam asminn eva vihāre dattas tasmin nivāsibhir eva bhikṣubhiḥ paribhoktavyaṃ hi / ekapoṣadhatvāt* ayam ucyate sīmāhṛto lābhaḥ /
kriyāhṛto lābhaḥ katamaḥ / yathāpi tad bhikṣava idam evaṃrūpaṃ kriyākāraṃ kṛtvā varṣā upagacchanti / amukaṃ kulaṃ yuṣmākam* / (MSV II 110) amukaṃ kulam asmākam* / rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakā madhyam iti / te ced brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ (265v1 = GBM 6.843) upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā upagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / upagatakānām eva pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / upagatakānām eva // 1 // upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā upagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / anupagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / upagatakānām eva // 2 // upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā upagatakānāṃ pānīyam anuprayacchanti / anupagatakānāṃ lābham* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / upagatakānām eva // 3 // upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvānupagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / anupagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate // upagatakānām eva // 4 // upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā vṛddhānte lābham anuprayacchanti / upagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / upagatakānām eva // 5 // upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā upagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / vṛddhānte pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / upagatakānām eva // 6 // upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā vṛddhānte lābham anuprayacchanti / anupagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya (MSV II 111) prāpadyate / upagatakānām eva // 7 // upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā anupagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / vṛddhānte pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / upagatakānām eva // 8 // upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā upagatakānupagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / vṛddhānte ca pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / upagatakānām eva // 9 //
yathā upagatakānām āvāsī upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitveti nava paryāyāḥ / evam anupagatakānām āvāsī upagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitveti nava paryāyāḥ /
sacet te brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā upagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / upagatakānām eva pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / ubhayor api // 1 // rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā upagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / anupagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / (266r1 = GBM 6.844) ubhayor api // 2 // rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā anupagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / upagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / ubhayor api // 3 // rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā anupagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / anupagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / (MSV II 112) lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / ubhayor api // 4 // rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā vṛddhānte lābham anuprayacchanti / upagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / ubhayor api // 5 // rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā upagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / vṛddhānte pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / ubhayor api // 6 // rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā vṛddhānte lābham anuprayacchanti / anupagatakānāṃ pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / ubhayor api // 7 // rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā anupagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / vṛddhānte pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / ubhayor api // 8 // rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu upagatakānupagatakān bhikṣūn bhojayitvā vṛddhānte upagatakānupagatakānāṃ lābham anuprayacchanti / vṛddhānte ca pānīyam* / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / ubhayor api // 9 // ayam ucyate kriyāhṛto labhabḥ /
niśrayāhṛto lābhaḥ katamaḥ / bhikṣur yaṃ strīpuruṣapaṇḍakam upaniśritya varṣā upagacchati sa yaṃ lābhaṃ dadāti tasyaiva saḥ / ayam ucyate niśrayāhṛto lābhaḥ /
saṃghaprajñapto lābhaḥ katamaḥ / yo lābho niyato 'vipaṃcitaḥ / ayam ucyate saṃghaprajñapto lābhaḥ /
(MSV II 113)
bhikṣuprajñapto lābhaḥ katamaḥ / yo lābho niyato 'vipaṃcitaḥ / layane maṭhe vā kūṭāgāre vā prajñaptaḥ / tatra yo bhikṣuḥ prativasati tasyaiva saḥ / ayam ucyate bhikṣuprajñapto lābhaḥ /
vārṣiko lābhaḥ katamaḥ / yo lābho varṣoṣitasya bhikṣusaṃghasya dāyikaiḥ prajñaptaḥ / ayam ucyate vārṣiko lābhaḥ /
saṃmukhalābhaḥ katamaḥ / yo lābho 'niyato 'vipaṃcitaḥ / ayam ucyate saṃmukhalābhaḥ /
pratyādeśalābhaḥ katamaḥ / yo lābho jātau bodhau dharmacakre parinirvāṇe niryātitaḥ / sacen na śakyate caturmahācaityeṣu ekasminn eva mahācaitye deyo nānayatra / ayam ucyate pratyādeśalābhaḥ /
uddānam* /
kālaṃ kurvanty utkṣiptakā miśrakāṇāṃ ca bhājanam* /
utkṣiptaśramaṇoddeśā (266v1 = GBM 6.845) usārayanti mriyante ca //
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / yathāpi tad bhadanta ekasminn āvāse saṃbahulā utkṣiptakāḥ saṃbahulāś ca prakṛtisthakāḥ prativasanti / teṣām utkṣiptakaḥ kālaṃ karoti / tatsantako mṛtapariṣkāro lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / prakṛtisthakānām (MSV II 114) upālin // 1 // dvau bhadanta utkṣipakau saṃbahulāḥ prakṛtisthakāḥ / utkṣiptakaḥ kālaṃ karoti / tatsantako mṛtapariṣkāro lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / prakṛtisthakānām eva // 2 // utkṣipakāḥ saṃbahulāḥ prakṛtisthakā alpāḥ / utkṣiptakaḥ kālaṃ karoti / tatsantako mṛtapariṣkāro lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / prakṛtisthakānām eva // 3 //
yathāpi tad bhadanta ekasminn āvāse saṃbahulā utkṣiptakāḥ saṃbahulāś ca prakṛtisthakāḥ prativasanti / teṣāṃ prakṛtisthakaḥ kālaṃ karoti / tatsantako mṛtapariṣkāro lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / prakṛtisthakānām* // 1 // saṃbahulā utkṣiptakā dvau prakṛtisthakau / prakṛtisthakaḥ kālaṃ karoti / tatsantako mṛtapariṣkāro lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / tasyaikasya prakṛtisthakasya // 2 // saṃbahulā utkṣiptakā ekaḥ prakṛtisthakaḥ / prakṛtisthakaḥ kālaṃ karoti / lābhaḥ kasya prāpadyate / utkṣiptakānāṃ yaḥ prathamaṃ pāpakaṃ dṛṣṭigataṃ pratinisṛjati // 3 //
upagatakānām āvāse anupagatakaḥ śrāmaṇeraka āgatya kālaṃ karoti / upagatakair anupagatakānāṃ dūto 'nupreṣayitavyaḥ / śrāmaṇero vaḥ kālagataḥ / harata tasya pātracīvaram iti / upagatakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / anupagatakā bhājayanti / bhājitaṃ subhājitam* / miśrakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya pariṇāmayanti / supariṇāmitam* // 1 // (MSV II 115) upagatakānām āvāse anupagatakaḥ śrāmaṇeraka āgatya evaṃ vaded osārayantu mām āyuṣmantaḥ / upagatako bhaviṣyāmīti / sa cānosāritaḥ kālaṃ kuryāt* / upagatakair anupagatakānāṃ dūto 'nupreṣayitavyaḥ / śrāmaṇero vaḥ kālagataḥ / haratāsya pātracīvaram iti / upagatakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / anupagatakā bhājayanti / bhājitaṃ subhājitam* / miśrakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya pariṇāmayanti / supariṇāmitam* // 2 // upagatakānām āvāse anupagatako bhikṣur āgatya kālaṃ kuryāt* / upagatakair anupagatakānāṃ dūto 'nupreṣayitavyaḥ / sabrahmacārī vaḥ kālagataḥ / haratāsya pātracīvaram iti / upagatakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / anupagatakā bhājayanti / bhājitaṃ subhājitam* / miśrakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / cāturdiśāya (267r1 = GBM 6.846) bhikṣusaṃghāya pariṇāmayanti / supariṇāmitam* // 3 // upagatakānām āvāse anupagatako bhikṣur āgatyaivaṃ vaded osārayantu mām āyuṣmantaḥ / upagatako bhaviṣyāmīti / sa cānosārita eva kālaṃ kuryāt* / upagatakair anupagatakānāṃ dūto 'nupreṣayitavyaḥ / sabrāhmacārī vaḥ kālagataḥ / haratāsya pātracīvaram iti / upagatakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / anupagatakā bhājayanti / bhājitaṃ subhājitam* / miśrakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya pariṇāmayanti / supariṇāmitam* // 4 //
(MSV II 116)
anupagatakānām āvāse upagatakaḥ śrāmaṇeraka āgatya kālaṃ kuryāt* / anupagatakair upagatakānāṃ dūto 'nupreṣayitavyaḥ / śrāmaṇero vaḥ kālagataḥ / haratāsya pātracīvaram iti / anupagatakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / upagatakā bhājayanti / bhājitaṃ subhājitam* / miśrakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya pariṇāmayanti / supariṇāmitam* // 1 // anupagatakānām āvāse upagatakaḥ śrāmaṇera āgatyaivaṃ vaded osārayantu mām āyuṣmantaḥ / anupagatako bhaviṣyāmīti / sa cānosāritaḥ kālaṃ kuryāt* / anupagatakair upagatakānāṃ dūto 'nupreṣayitavyaḥ / śrāmaṇero vaḥ kālagataḥ / haratāsya pātracīvaram iti / anupagatakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / upagatakā bhājayanti / bhājitaṃ subhājitam* / miśrakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya pariṇāmayanti / supariṇāmitam* // 2 // anupagatakānām āvāse upagatako bhikṣur āgatya kālaṃ kuryāt* / anupagatakair upagatakānāṃ dūto 'nupreṣayitavyaḥ / sabrahmacārī vaḥ kālagataḥ / haratāsya pātracīvaram iti / anupagatakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / upagatakā bhājayanti / bhājitaṃ subhājitam* / miśrakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya pariṇāmayanti / supariṇāmitam* // 3 // anupagatakānām āvāse upagatako bhikṣur āgatyaivaṃ vaded osārayantu mām āyuṣmantaḥ / anupagatako bhaviṣyāmīti / sa cānosāritaḥ kālaṃ kuryāt* / anupagatakair upagatakānāṃ dūto 'nupreṣayitavyaḥ / sabrāhmacārī vaḥ kālagataḥ / haratāsya pātracīvaram (MSV II 117) iti / anupagatakā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / upagatakā bhājayanti / bhājitaṃ subhājitam* / miśrakā bhājayanti (267v1 = GBM 6.847) / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya pariṇāmayanti / supariṇāmitam* // 4 //
uddānam* //
upanandasyādhiṣṭānaṃ ghātavyaṃ madhyavikṣepaḥ /
nāsti mamātyayād dānaṃ visṛjyo manuṣyās trayaḥ //
śrāvastyām nidānam* / upanandasya mūrdhni piṭako jātaḥ / sa vaidyasakāśaṃ gataḥ / bhadramukha bhaiṣajyaṃ me vyapadiśeti / sa kathayati ārya ghṛtasya pānaṃ piba / svāsthyaṃ te bhaviṣyatīti / upanandaḥ saṃlakṣayati / saced adyaiva pāsyāmi adyaiva svastho bhaviṣyāmi / śvaḥ katareṇa kalpena ghṛtaṃ samādhāpayiṣyāmi vastrāṇi vā / yāvad iṣṭaṃ kalpaṃ samādhāpayiṣyāmi tāvat paścāt pāsyāmīti / jñātamahāpuṇyo 'sau / tena sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsikāḥ samantāt preṣitāḥ / taiḥ prabhūtā ghṛtaghaṭakā vastrāṇi ca vraṇabandhanāya samādhāpitāni / dvitīye divase vaidya āgatya pṛcchati / ārya svasthaḥ / pītaṃ te ghṛtam* / bhadramukha na pītam* / ārya na śobhanaṃ kṛtam* / adya dviguṇaṃ pibeti / sārdhaṃvihāryantevāsina uktā / śrutaṃ vo yad vaidyenābhihitam* upādhyāya (MSV II 118) śrutam* / mamāyaṃ rogo 'bhivṛddhaḥ / prabhūtaṃ ghṛtaṃ vastrāṇi ca vraṇabandhanāni smādhāpayateti / taiḥ prabhūtataraṃ ghṛtaṃ vastrāṇi ca samādhāpitāni / tenātilobhāt* śvaḥ kalpo bhaviṣyatīti tad api divase na pītam* / rogo 'sya prabalo jātaḥ / yāvat punar api vaidya āgatya pṛcchati / ārya pītaṃ ghṛtam* / bhadramukha na pītam* / ārya na śobhanaṃ kṛtam* / sa kathayati / bhadramukha adya triguṇaṃ pibāmi / vaidyaḥ kathayati / ārya yadi ghṛtamañjūṣāyām api nimagnas tiṣṭhasi tathāpi te nāsti jīvitam iti / sa kathayati / yamadaṇḍika yādṛśas tvam* / gale te pādaṃ datvā ghṛtaṃ ca pibāmi / jīvāmi ceti / sa vaidyo hum iti kṛtvā sāmarṣaḥ prakrāntaḥ / tata upanandena ghṛtasya pātraṃ pūrayitvā pītam* / viṣūcitaḥ kālagataḥ / tasya prabhūtaṃ suvarṇaṃ tisraḥ suvarṇalakṣāḥ / ekā pātracīvarāt* / dvitīyā glānabhaiṣajyāt* / tṛtīyā kṛtākṛtāt* / amātyaiḥ śrutam* / rājñe niveditam* / deva āryopanandaḥ kālagataḥ / tasya prabhūtaṃ suvarṇam asti / tisraḥ suvarṇalakṣāḥ / tad arhasyājñāṃ dātum iti / rājā kathayati / yady evaṃ gacchata / asya layanaṃ mudrayateti / bhikṣavas tam ādāya dahanaṃ gatāḥ / tair āgatya layanaṃ mudritam* / bhikṣavas tam ādahane saṃskārya vihāram āgatāḥ / paśyanti layanaṃ rājamudrāmudritam* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / gacchānanda madvacanād rājānaṃ (268r1 = GBM 6.848) prasenajitam ārogyaṃ (MSV II 119) pṛccha / evaṃ ca vada / yasmin mahārāja samaye tava rājakaraṇīyaṃ bhavati / avalokayasi tvaṃ tasmin samaye upanandaṃ bhikṣum* / yasmin vā te samaye āvāho vā vivāho va avalokayasi tasmin samaye upanandam* / kadācid vā te upanando yāvajjīvaṃ pravāritaḥ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ / glānasya vā upasthānaṃ kṛtam iti / yadi brūyān neti / sa vaktavyaḥ / pṛthaṅ mahārāja gṛhiṇāṃ gṛhakāryāṇi / pṛthak pravrajitānām* / alpotsukas tvaṃ tiṣṭha / sabrahmacāriṇām eṣa lābhaḥ prāpadyate / nirastavyāpāro bhaveti / evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yena rājā prasenajit kosalas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya yathāsandiṣṭaṃ niveditavān* / rājā kathayati / bhadantānanda yathā bhagavān ājñāpayati tathā bhavatu / nirastavyāpāro 'ham iti / tata āyuṣmatānandena rājñaḥ pratisandeśo bhagavate niveditaḥ / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / bhājayata yūyaṃ bhikṣava upanandasya bhikṣor mṛtapariṣkāram iti / bhikṣubhiḥ saṃghamadhye avatārya vikrīya bhājitam* / sāketakair bhikṣubhiḥ śrutam* / upanandaḥ kālagataḥ / tasya prabhūtaṃ suvarṇaṃ tisraḥ suvarṇalakṣā bhikśubhir bhājitā iti / te tvaramāṇāḥ śrāvastīm āgatāḥ kathayanti / asmākam api bhadantopanandaḥ sabrahmacārī / asmākam api tatsantako lābhaḥ prāpadyata iti / bhikṣubhiḥ pātayitvā taiḥ sārdhaṃ punar api bhājitaḥ / evaṃ ṣaṇ (MSV II 120) mahānagaranivāsino bhikṣavaḥ sannipatitāḥ / vaiśālakāḥ vārāṇasīyāḥ rājagṛheyakāḥ cāṃpeyikāś ca / bhikṣubhiḥ punaḥ punaḥ pātayitvā bhājitaḥ / bhikṣavaḥ pātayanto bhājayantaś ca riñcanty uddeśaṃ pāṭhaṃ svādhyāyaṃ yogaṃ manasikāram* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / pañca karaṇāni lābhavibhāge / katame pañca / gaṇḍī tridaṇḍakaṃ caityaṃ śīlākā jñaptiḥ pañcakam* / yo mṛtagaṇḍyām ākoṭyamānāyām āgacchati tasya lābho deyaḥ / evaṃ tridaṇḍake bhāṣyamāne caityavandanāyāṃ kriyamāṇāyāṃ śīlākāyām ācaryamāṇāyām* / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ sarvaṃ mṛtapariṣkāraṃ jñaptiṃ kṛtvā bhājayitavyam* / akopyaṃ bhaviṣyati / evaṃ ca punaḥ kartavyam* / śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtvā pūrvavad yāvat sarvasaṃghe sanniṣaṇṇe sannipatite mṛtapariṣkāraṃ vṛddhānte sthāpayitvā ekena bhikṣuṇā vṛddhānte niṣaṇṇena jñaptiḥ kartavyā / śṛṇvantu bhadantāḥ saṃghāḥ / (268v1 = GBM 6.849) asminn āvāse upanando bhikṣuḥ kālagataḥ / tasyedaṃ mṛtapariṣkāraṃ dṛśyam adṛśyaṃ cāvatiṣṭhate / sacet saṃghasya prāptakālaṃ kṣametānujānīyāt saṃgho yat saṃgha upanandasya bhikṣor mṛtadravyaṃ dṛśyam adṛśyaṃ ca mṛtapariṣkārikam adhitiṣṭhed ity eṣātra jñaptiḥ / eṣā bhikṣavo mṛtapariṣkāravibhāganiṣṭhā yaduta jñaptiḥ / jñaptau kṛtāyāṃ yo bhikṣur āgacchati lābho na deya iti / āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / yatra yatra bhadanta saṃghavṛttaḥ jñaptikārako nāsti tatra mṛtapariṣkārikaṃ bhājayitavyam* / na bhājayitavyam* / upālin (MSV II 121) pūrvācaramaṃ kṛtvā bhājayitavyam* / pūrvācaramam api bhikṣavo na jānanti / bhagavān āha / ekaṃ pariṣkāraṃ vikrīya tataḥ stokaṃ saṃghavṛddhāya saṃghanavakāya ca datvā yatheṣṭaṃ bhājayitavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* / jñaptau ca kṛtāyāṃ pūrvācarame vā mṛtapariṣkāriko lābhaḥ sarvabuddhaśiṣyebhyaḥ prāpadyata iti /
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadantāyumān upanandaḥ atilobhena vipannaḥ / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani atilobhena vipannaḥ / tac chrūyatām* /
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamena lubdhena hastī saviṣeṇa śareṇa marmaṇi tāḍitaḥ / tatas tena marmavedanābhyāhatena śarānusāreṇa gatvā sa lubdho jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ / yāvad daivayogāt* pañcamātrāṇi cauraśatāny anyatamaṃ karvaṭakaṃ muṣitvā taṃ pradeśam anuprāptāni / tair asau hastī dṛṣṭaḥ / sa kṛcchrakālo vartate / te kathayanti / bhavantaḥ saṃpannam idaṃ māṃsam* / ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni hastinaṃ viśasya māṃsaṃ pacantu / ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni pānīyam ānayantv iti / tatra ye viśasanti pacanti ca teṣām (MSV II 122) etad abhavat* / bhavanto 'smābhir īdṛśaṃ karma kṛtam* / idaṃ ca loptraṃ prabhūtaṃ saṃpannakam* / yāvadāptaṃ māṃsaṃ bhakṣayitvā avaśiṣṭaṃ viṣeṇa dūṣayiṣyāmaḥ / kimarthaṃ teṣām anuprayacchāmaḥ / loptram asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati / te viṣadūṣitaṃ māṃsaṃ bhakṣayitvā prāṇair viyokṣyantīti / tair yāvadāptaṃ māṃsaṃ bhakṣayitvāvaśiṣṭaṃ viṣeṇa dūṣitam* / ye 'pi pānīyasya gātās tair apy evam eva vicārya yāvadāptaṃ pānīyaṃ pītvāvaśiṣṭaṃ viṣeṇa dūṣitam adāyāgatāḥ / yair māṃsaṃ bhakṣitaṃ taiḥ pānīyaṃ pītam* / yair api pānīyaṃ pītaṃ tair api māṃsaṃ bhakṣitam* / sarve te kālagātāḥ / yāvad anyatamaḥ śṛgālaḥ kālapāśapāśitas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptam* / tena te sarve mṛtā dṛṣṭāḥ / tato lobhasaumanasyaḥ saṃlakṣayati / saṃpanno me prabhūto lābhaḥ / ānupūrvī kartavyā iti / sa dhanuṣo (269r1 = GBM 6.850) 'ṭaniṃ mukhe prakṣipya snāyuṃ bhakṣayitum ārabdhaḥ / tataḥ snāyuś chinnā / aṭanyā tālu cchidritam* / kālagataḥ /
devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣante /
saṃcayaḥ khalu kartavyo na kāryas tv atisaṃcayaḥ /
paśya saṃcayalobhāndho hataś ca yena jambukaḥ /
kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau jambuka eṣa evāsāv upanandas tena kālena tena samayena / tadāpy eṣo 'tilobhena vipannaḥ / etarhy api eṣo 'tilobhena vipanna iti /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayenānyatamo bhikṣur ābādhiko duḥkhito bāḍhaglānaḥ tasya bhikṣuṇā upasthānam kṛtam* / (MSV II 123) tathāpi kālagataḥ / tasya pātracīvaraṃ vṛddhānte nītam* / tatraikaṃ cīvaraṃ kenāpi nāśitam* / makṣikābhir ākīrṇam* / tataś cīvarabhājakenāsāv upasthāyiko 'bhihitaḥ / āyuṣmann alasas tvam* / na tvayaitac cīvaraṃ śocitam* / śocaya / sa kathayati / tvaṃ pariṣkāraṃ bhājayiṣyasi / ahaṃ śocayiṣyāmi / tvam eva śocaya / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / glānopasthāyikasya ṣaṭ pariṣkārā dātavyāḥ / avaśiṣṭaṃ bhikṣubhir bhājayitavyam* / upasthāyikāś ced bahavo bhavanti sarvaiḥ ṣaṭ pariṣkārāḥ sāmānyaṃ bhājayitavyāḥ /
apare bhikṣavo jñātamahāpuṇyāḥ kālaṃ kurvanti / teṣāṃ bahavaḥ pariṣkārāḥ śrāmaṇyapariṣkārā jīvitapariṣkārāś ca / vṛddhānte 'bhirohitāḥ / uktaṃ bhagavatā / upasthāyakena ṣaṭ pariṣkārā grahītavyā iti / sa vicārya vicārya praṇītāni gṛhṇāti / bhagavān āha / na praṇītāni dātavyāni / bhikṣavo lūhāni dadati / bhagavān āha / na lūhāni dātavyāni / api tu madhyāni dātavyāniti /
glānāḥ asaṃviditā eva sāṃghike śayanāsane kālaṃ kurvanti / bhagavān āha / glānopasthāyakena glānasya nimittaṃ kuśalena bhavitavyaṃ muhur muhuḥ pratyavekṣitavyaḥ kṛtyasya na hāpayitavyam* / śarīrāvasthāṃ jñātvā paudgalike śayanāsane vyājenāvatārya śāyitavya iti /
(MSV II 124)
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / anyatamo bhikṣur glānas tena śarīrāvasthāṃ paricchidya bhikṣur abhihitaḥ / yāvad ahaṃ jīvāmi tāvad upasthānaṃ kuru / madīyaṃ pātracīvaraṃ mṛte mayi tava yathāsukham iti / sa tasyopasthānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ / yāvad asau bhikṣuḥ kālagataḥ / tataś cīvarabhājakenāsau uktaḥ / ānaya tasya bhikṣoḥ pātracīvaram* / bhājayāmi / sa kathayati / mamaiva tena yathāsukhaṃ kṛtam iti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / jīvann evāsau bhikṣavo na dadāti / kutaḥ punar mṛto dāsyati / (269v1 = GBM 6.851) nāstīdaṃ dānaṃ mamātyayād asya bhaviṣyati / gṛhītvā bhājayitavyam* / tasyātra bhikṣavo supratyaṃśo deya iti /
tena khalu samayenānyatamo bhikṣur ābādhiko duḥkhito bāḍhaglānaḥ / sa cālpajñātaḥ / tasya bhaiṣajyaṃ nāsti / tena śarīrāvasthāṃ paricchidya upasthāyiko 'bhihitaḥ / mama nāsti kiṃcit* / mām uddiśya pūjāṃ kuruṣveti / tena pratijñātam* / sa kālagataḥ / apāyeṣūpapannaḥ / atha bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / yo 'sau bhikṣavo bhikṣuḥ kālagataḥ kiṃ tenopasthāyiko 'bhihitaḥ / tair yathāvṛttam ākhyātam* / vinipatito 'sau bhikṣavo bhikṣuḥ / yadi tasya sabrahmacāribhiḥ ratnatrayapūjā kṛtābhaviṣyat* cittam asyābhiprasannam abhaviṣyat* / tasmān na bhikṣuṇā glānasabrahmacārī adhyupekṣitavyaḥ / glānopasthāyiko dīyate / tad yady asya bhaiṣajyaṃ nāsti taṃ pṛṣṭvā (MSV II 125) dānapatayaḥ samādāpayitavyāḥ / sacet saṃpadyata ity evaṃ kuśalam* / nocet saṃpadyate sāṃghikaṃ deyam* / sacet saṃpadyata ity evaṃ kuśalam* / nocet saṃpadyate buddhākṣayanīvisantikaṃ deyam* / sacet api na saṃpadyate yat tathāgatacaitye vā gandhakuṭyāṃ vā chatraṃ vā dhvajaṃ vā patākā vā ābharaṇakaṃ vā saṃghena dānīyaṃ dātavyam iti / upasthāyikena vikrīyopasthānaṃ kartavyaṃ śāstuś ca pūjā / svasthībhūtasyārocayitavyaṃ yad buddhasantakaṃ tavopayuktam iti / yady asya vibhavo 'sti / tena yatnam āsthāya dātavyam* / sacen nāsti yad asyopayuktam* / arhati putraḥ paitṛkasya / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam iti /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / anyatamo bhikṣur ābādhiko duḥkhito bāḍhaglāno vedanābhibhūtaḥ / tasya pātraṃ śobhanam* / sa tasmin atīvādhyavasitaḥ / upasthāyakam āha / ānaya me pātram iti / tena na dattam* / sa tasyāntike cittaṃ pradūṣya pātre 'dhyavasitaḥ kālagataḥ / sa tasminn eva pātre āśīviṣo bhūtvā utpannaḥ / bhikṣavas tam ādahanaṃ nītvā saṃskārya vihāram āgatāḥ / bhikṣuḥ saṃnipatitaḥ / cīvarabhājakena mṛtapariṣkārikaṃ vṛddhānte 'bhirohitam* / tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam (MSV II 126) ānandam āmantrayate sma / gacchānanda / bhikṣūṇām ārocaya / na kenacit tasya bhikṣoḥ pātrasthavikā mocayitavyā / tathāgata eva mocayiṣyati / āyuṣmatānandena bhikṣūṇām ārocitam* / tato bhagavatā svayam eva mocitaḥ / āśīviṣo mahāntaṃ phaṇaṃ kṛtvāvasthitaḥ / tato bhagavatā ṛcchaṭāśabdena prabodhyābhihitaḥ / gaccha mohapuruṣa / tyajainaṃ pātram* / bhikṣavo bhājayantu iti / sa kupito yatheṣṭagatipracāratayā vanagahanaṃ (270r1 = GBM 6.852) praviṣṭaḥ / sa tasmin krodhāgninā prajvalitaḥ / tad vanagahanaṃ pradīptam* / tatraiva dagdho bhikṣūṇām antike cittam abhipradūṣya narakeṣūpapannaḥ / tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma / nirvidyatāṃ bhikṣavaḥ sarvabhavebhyo nirvidyatāṃ sarvabhavopapattikaraṇebhyaḥ / yatra nāmaikasya satvasya triṣu sthāneṣu kāyo dahyate / vanagahane krodhāgninā / narake nārakeṇa / śmaśāne prākṛtena / tasmān na bhikṣūṇā pariṣkāre 'tyartham adhyavasānam utpādayitavyam* / yasminn utpadyate tat parityaktavyam* / na parityajati / sātisāro bhavati / api tu yadi glānaḥ svaṃ pariṣkāraṃ yācate / upasthāyakena laghulaghv eva dātavyam* / na dadāti / sātisāro bhavati /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayenānyatamo bhikṣur glāno layane kālagataḥ / amanuṣyakeṣūpapannaḥ / cīvarabhājako bhikṣus taṃ layanaṃ praveṣṭum ārabdhaḥ / pātracīvaraṃ bhājayāmīti / sa tīvreṇa paryavasthānena laguḍam ādāyotthitaḥ kathayati / yāvan mām abhinirharatha (MSV II 127) tāvat pātracīvaraṃ bhājayatheti / sa saṃtrasto niṣpalāyitaḥ / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / pūrvaṃ tāvan mṛto bhikṣur abhinirhartavyaḥ paścāt tasya pātracīvaraṃ bhājayitavyam iti /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayenānyatamo bhikṣur kālagataḥ / bhikṣavas tam abhinirhṛtya evam eva śmaśāne chorayitvā vihāram āgataḥ / cīvarabhājakas tasya layanaṃ praviṣṭaḥ / pātracīvaraṃ bhājayāmīti / so 'manuṣyakeṣūpapannaḥ / laguḍam ādāyotthitaḥ / sa kathayati / yāvan mama śarīrapūjāṃ kurutha tāvat pātracīvaraṃ bhājayatheti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / bhikṣubhis tasya pūrvaṃ śarīrapūjā kartavyeti / tataḥ paścāt pātracīvaraṃ bhājayitavyam* / eṣa ādīnavo na bhaviṣyatīti /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayenānyatamo bhikṣur glāno layane kālagataḥ / sa bhikṣur ādahanaṃ nītvā śarīrapūjāṃ kṛtvā dagdhaḥ / tato vihāram āgataḥ / cīvarabhājakas tasya layanaṃ praviṣṭaḥ / sa laguḍam ādāyotthitaḥ / tat tāvan mām uddiśya dharmaśravaṇam anuprayacchatha tāvac cīvarakāṇi bhājayatheti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / tam uddiśya dharmaśravaṇaṃ datvā dakṣiṇām uddiśya paścāc cīvarakāṇi bhājayitavyānīti /
uddānam* /
glānakaś cātha śreṣṭhī ca prativastu navakarmikaḥ /
sīmā catuṣkikāṃ kṛtvā aṣṭau dūtena kārayet* /
(MSV II 128)
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayenānyatamena (270v1 = GBM 6.853) gṛhapatinā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ / bhikṣusaṃghaḥ praviṣṭaḥ / bhagavān aupadhike 'sthād abhinirhṛtapiṇḍapātaḥ / paṃcabhiḥ kāraṇair buddhā bhagavantaḥ aupadhike tiṣṭhanty abhinirhṛtapiṇḍapātāḥ / katamaiḥ paṃcabhiḥ / pratisaṃlātukāmā bhavanti / devatānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayitukāmā bhavanti / śayanāsanaṃ pratyavekṣitukāmā bhavanti / glānam avalokayitukāmā bhavanti / śrāvakāṇāṃ vinayaśikṣāpadaṃ prajñapayitukāmā bhavanti / asmiṃs tv arthe dvābhyāṃ kāraṇābhyāṃ buddho bhagavān aupadhike 'sthād abhinirhṛtapiṇḍapātaḥ /
atha bhagavān aciraprakrāntaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā apāvaraṇīṃ gṛhītvā ārāmeṇārāmaṃ vihāreṇa vihāraṃ parigaṇena parigaṇaṃ caṃkrameṇa caṃkramam anucaṃkramyamāṇo 'nuvicarati / anenānyatamo mahallako vihāras tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / tatra bhikṣur bāḍhaglānaḥ alpajñātaḥ sve mūtrapurīṣe nimagno bhagavantaṃ dṛṣṭvāparasvaram akārṣīt* / anātho 'smi bhagavan* / anātho 'smi sugata iti / bhagavān āha / kasmāt tvaṃ bhikṣo māṃ trailokyanātham uddiśya pravrajita evaṃ virauṣi / anātho 'smi bhagavan* / anātho 'smi sugata iti / na me bhadanta kaścit sabrahmacārī upasthānaṃ karoty avalokayati vā / asti tvayā bhikṣo kasyacit (MSV II 129) sabrahmacāriṇa upasthānaṃ kṛtam avalokitaṃ vā / no bhadanta / ata eva te iyaṃ samavasthā / bhagavāṃ laukikacittam utpādayati / aho bata śakro devendro 'navataptān mahāsaraḥ pānīyam ādāya gandhamādanāc ca parvatān mṛttikām ānayed iti / dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bhagavāṃ laukikaṃ cittam utpādayati tasmin samaye śakrabrahmādayo 'pi devā bhagavataś cittam ājānanti / tataḥ śakro devendraḥ anavataptān mahāsarasaḥ aṣṭāṃgopetasya pānīyasya sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāram ādāya gandhamādanāc ca parvatān mṛttikāṃ laghulaghv eva bhagavataḥ purastād asthāt* / evaṃ cāha / tiṣṭhatu bhagavān aham asyopasthānaṃ karomi / bhagavān āha / naiṣa kauśikam uddiśya pravrajitaḥ kiṃ tu mām* / api tu kiṃ tvayaiṣa pūrvaṃ na dṛṣṭaḥ / tiṣṭha tvam* / śucikāmā devāḥ / aham evāsyopasthānaṃ karomi / tato bhagavatā cīvaraṃ baddhvā cakrasvastikanandyāvartenānekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhītānām āśvāsanakaraṇakareṇāsau bhikṣur gṛhītvā mūtrapurīṣād uddhṛtya ekānte sthāpitaḥ / vaṃśavidalikayā nirlikhitaḥ / pāṇḍumṛttikayā udvartitaḥ snāpitaḥ / tataḥ sthāpitaḥ / (271r1 = GBM 6.854) cīvarakāṇy asya prakṣālitāni / tasmin pradeśe sukumārī gomayakārṣī dattā / tato hastapādau saṃpraśodhya śakraṃ devendraṃ glānopasthānapūrvikayā (MSV II 130) dharmadeśanayā sandeśya samādāpya vihāraṃ praviṣṭaḥ / āyuṣmān ānandaḥ piṇḍapātanirhārakaḥ piṇḍapātam ādāya bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / dharmatā khalu buddhā bhagavantaḥ piṇḍapātanirhārakaṃ bhikṣum anayā pratisaṃmodanayā pratisaṃmodante / kaccid bhikṣo praṇītaṃ bhaktaṃ saṃtarpito bhikṣusaṃgha iti / pratisaṃmodate bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam* / kaccid ānanda praṇītaṃ bhaktaṃ saṃtarpito bhikṣusaṃgha iti / tathyaṃ bhadanta / praṇītaṃ bhaktaṃ saṃtarpito bhikṣusaṃghaḥ / tato bhagavān upārdhapiṇḍapātam ādāyāyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate / gaccha ānanda amuṣmin vihāre bāḍhaglāno bhikṣuḥ / tasmai deyam upārdhapiṇḍapātam* / yad bhūṃkte cainaṃ vaktavyaḥ / śāstrā te āyuṣman svayam evopasthānaṃ kṛtam* / upārdhapiṇḍapātena ca saṃvibhāgaḥ kṛta iti / evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutyopārdhapiṇḍapātam ādāya tasmai datvā yathāsandiṣṭam ārocitavān* /
atha tasya bhikṣor etad abhavat* / mama trailokyaguruṇā svayam upasthānaṃ kṛtam upārdhapiṇḍapātaś ca dattaḥ / na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya kausīdyenātināmayeyam* / yanv ahaṃ pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyukto vihareyam iti / tena pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyuktena viharatā idam eva ca pañcagaṇḍakaṃ saṃsāracakraṃ calācalaṃ viditvā sarvasaṃskāragatiṃ śatanapatanavikiraṇavidhvaṃsanadharmatayā (MSV II 131) parāhatya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam iti / arhan saṃvṛttaḥ / traidhātuke vītarāgaḥ samaloṣṭrakāṃcanaḥ ākāśapāṇitalasamacitto vāsīcandanakalpo 'vidyāvidāritāṇḍakośo vidyābhijñaḥ pratisaṃvitprāpto bhavalābhalobhasatkāraparāṃmukhaḥ sendropendrāṇāṃ devānāṃ pūjyo mānyo 'bhivādyaś ca saṃvṛttaḥ /
tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate / eṣāṃ bhikṣavo glānānāṃ na mātā na pitā na cānyo bandhuḥ nānyatra yūyam eva sabrahmacāriṇaḥ / tasmāt sabrahmacāribhiḥ pasrasparam upasthānaṃ karaṇīyam* / upādhyāyena sārdhaṃvihāriṇaḥ / sārdhaṃvihāriṇā upādhyāyasya / ācāryeṇāntevāsinaḥ / antevāsinā ācāryasya / samānopādhyāyena samānopādhyāyasya / samānācāryeṇa samānācāryasya / ālaptakenālaptakasya / saṃlaptakena saṃlaptakasya / (271v1 = GBM 6.855) saṃstukena saṃstukasya / sapremakena sapremakasya / yaḥ parṣadvinirmukto 'lpajñātaś ca tasya saṃghenopasthāyiko deyaḥ / glānāvasthāṃ paricchidya eko vā dvau vā saṃbahulā vā / antataḥ sarvasaṃghenopasthānaṃ karaṇīyam* /
bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchetāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadanta bhagavatā tasya bhikṣoḥ svayam evam upasthānaṃ kṛtam* / tena cārhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam iti / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣava etarhi (MSV II 132) yathā atīte 'py adhvani tasya mayā upasthānaṃ kṛtam* / tena ca pañcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ /
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasminn āśramapade puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpanne nānāvṛkṣopaśobhite ṛṣiḥ prativasati pañcābhijñaḥ / tena śiṣyasyopasthānaṃ kṛtam* / svasthībhūtaḥ / tatas tena pañcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena ṛṣir āsīd ahaṃ saḥ / yo 'sau tasya ṛṣeḥ śiṣya eṣa evāsau bhikṣuḥ / tadāpy asya mayā upasthānaṃ kṛtam etarhy apy asya mayā upasthānaṃ kṛtam* /
punar api bhikṣavo buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadantātīva bhagavato glānakaḥ priya iti / bhagavān āha / na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'dhvani mamātiva glānakāḥ priyāḥ / tac chrūyatām* /
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ śivaghoṣāyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ sivir nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati / ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca / tasya nāsti kiṃcid aparityājyaṃ yācanakebhyo viśeṣatas tu glānebhyaḥ / yāvad anyatamo gṛhapatir glānaḥ sarvavaidyapratyākhyāto rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ / deva cikitsāṃ me kāraya iti / tato rājñā vaidyānām ājñā dattā / bhavato 'sya cikitsāṃ kuruteti / te kathayanti / deva durlabhāny asya bhaiṣajyānīti / rājā kathayati / kīdṛśāni punas tāni bhaiṣajyāni / deva yaḥ kadācij janmanaḥ prabhṛti na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvas tasya rudhireṇa yavāgūḥ ṣaṇmāsān dātavyā / evam asya svāsthyaṃ bhavati / nānyatheti / rājā kathayati / satyaṃ durlabham asya bhaiṣajyam* / sa ātmanaḥ (MSV II 133) pracāraṃ paricchettum ārabdhaḥ / duḥkham ātmanaḥ pracāraḥ paricchidyate / sa dhātrīṃ praṣṭum ārabdhaḥ / amba asty aham iyatā kālena kasyacid ruṣitapūrvaḥ / kumāra yadā tvaṃ mamāṃsagatas tadāham api na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvā prāg eva tvam iti / tato jananyāḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / kathayati / amba asty ahaṃ kasyacid ruṣitapūrvaḥ / kumāra yadā tvaṃ mama kukṣigatas tadāham api na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvā prāg eva tvam iti / sa saṃlakṣayati (272r1 = GBM 6.856) / labdhaṃ bhaiṣajyam iti viditvā tena vaidyānām ājñā dattā / bhavanto mayātmā parīkṣitaḥ / ahaṃ na kadācit kasyacid ruṣitapūrvaḥ / mama paṃceṅkhikaśirāvedhaṃ kuruta / deva vayaṃ prākṛtapuruṣasyārthāya devasya kāye śastraṃ na nipātayāmaḥ / kuśalā bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu / rājñā svayam eva śirāvedhaḥ kṛtaḥ / tena ca rudhireṇa ṣaṇ māsān pratidinaṃ tasmai yavāgūr dattā / svastho jātaḥ / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau rājā ahaṃ sa tena kālena tena samayena / tadāpi me glānakāḥ priyāḥ prāg evedānīm* /
punar api śive rājñaḥ putrasya pārśvaśoṣo jātaḥ / rājñā vaidyānām ājñā dattā / bhavanto 'sya kumārasya cikitsāṃ kuruteti / te kathayanti / deva sarvasāraṃ ghṛtaṃ pacyatām* / iti viditvā dvādaśabhir varṣaiḥ sarvadravyāṇi samupānītāni / adyāpi jīvajīvakamāṃsaṃ na labhyate / vaidyaiḥ śākuntikānām ājñā dattā / āgacchata / ādarśakaṃ (MSV II 134) kukkuṭakaṃ ca gṛhītvā samudrataṭaṃ gacchata / tatra pāśān pātayitvā kukkuṭakasya purastād ādarśaṃ sthāpayata / kukkuṭaḥ svaṃ pratibimbaṃ dṛṣṭvā kukkuṭo 'yam iti raviṣyati / kautūhalī jīvajīvakaḥ kukkuṭaśabdaṃ śrutvā kukkuṭasamīpam āgamiṣyati / ayaṃ tasya bandhanopāya iti / tais tathā kṛtam* / yāvat karmapāśito jīvajīvakaḥ prāṇī baddhaḥ / te tam ādāya saṃprasthitāḥ / dharmatā hy eṣā aciravyativṛte lokasanniveśe tiryañco 'pi vākpravyāharaṇasamarthā bhavanti / jīvajīvakaḥ prāṇī kathayati / bhavantaḥ kutra māṃ nayatha / tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātam* / sa kathayati / muṃcata muṃcata mām* / māṃsabalo nāma auṣadhī kathayasi ratnāni veti / te kathayanti / upadarśaya tāvat paśyāmaḥ kīdṛśās tā oṣadhaya iti / tena samākhyātam* / madīyasnānodakaṃ māṃsabalam* / tadādāya gaccha / imāni ca ratnānīti / te rājñaḥ śaṃkitāḥ / ratnāny apāsya tam eva jīvajīvakam ādāya saṃprasthitāḥ / anupūrveṇa śivaghoṣāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptāḥ / tair jīvajīvakaprāṇī rājña upanāmitaḥ / yac ca tenauṣadham ādiṣṭaṃ tac ca kathitam* / tato rājñā jīvajīvakaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ / kathayati / deva mama snānodakaṃ māṃsabalam iti / rājñā sapta udakamaṇayaḥ śobhanāmbhasaḥ pūrṇāḥ sthāpitāḥ / sa teṣu yāvat snāto yāvat suviśrānto jātaḥ / tataḥ kāyasya balaṃ jñātvā sahasā utphlutya śaraṇapṛṣṭham abhirūḍho vigatabhayabhairavo gāthāṃ bhāṣate /
(MSV II 135)
pūrvaṃ tāvad ahaṃ mūrkhaḥ paścāc (272v1 = GBM 6.857) chākuntikā ime /
tato rājā ca vaidyāś ca saṃpūrṇaṃ mūrkhamaṇḍalam* //
ity uktvā prakrāntaḥ / tato rājñā vaidyā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ / bhavantaḥ satyam* / bhavantaḥ jīvajīvakasya snānodakaṃ tanmāṃsena samabalam iti / te kathayanti / deva satyam* / pacata ghṛtam* / taiḥ sarvasāraṃ ghṛtaṃ pakvam* / rājaputra upayoktuṃ pravṛttaḥ / yāvad anyatamasmin himavatkandare paṃca pratyekabuddhaśatāni prativasanti tatraikasya pārśvaśoṣo jātaḥ / sa taiḥ pratyekabuddhair abhihitaḥ / āyuṣman janapadān gatvā vaidyaṃ pṛṣṭvā bhaiṣajyaṃ sevasva / svastho bhaviṣyasīti / kathayati / āyuṣmanta āgamiṣyanti / sa dharmo bahujanāniṣṭo bahujanākānto bahujanāpriyo bahujanāmanāpaḥ sarvasatvādhāraṇaḥ yaduta maraṇaṃ nāma yo māṃ sa vyādhinā neṣyati / kasyārthāya grāmāntam avasarāmīti / te kathayanti / āyuṣman yady apy evaṃ yathāpi yāvac chīlavān puruṣapudgalaś ciraṃ jīvati tāvad bahupuṇyaṃ prasūyate / yāvad bahupuṇyaṃ prasūyate tāvac ciraṃ svargeṣu modate / sa tair uparudhyamāno janapadād avatīrṇaḥ / anupūrveṇa śivaghoṣāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ / tato mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya vaidyasakāśaṃ gataḥ / bhadramukha mamedṛśo rogaḥ / bhaiṣajyaṃ vyapadiśa iti / sa kathayati / ārya yādṛśa evāyaṃ tava rogas tādṛśa eva rājña putrasya / dvādaśabhir varṣaiḥ sarvasāraṃ ghṛtaṃ pakvam* / gatvā prārthaya / yady apy etat te maṇḍam api (MSV II 136) bhāgyaviśeṣāt pratilabhyase tena te yāpyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / sa rājakuladvāraṃ gatvāvasthitaḥ / ācaritaṃ tasya rājñaḥ / ghaṇṭā dvāre nityaṃ pralambitā / yācanakajananivedī / yadā yācanako dvāre tiṣṭhati tadāsau rauti / yāvad asau ghaṇṭā pratyekabuddham āgataṃ nivedayantī raṭitum ārabdhā / tato rājaputraḥ kathayati / amba tāta yāvanako 'bhyāgataḥ / vicāryatāṃ kiṃ prārthayatīti / tau kathayataḥ / putra asmābhir dvādaśabhir varṣair dravyasaṃhāraṃ kṛtvā idaṃ ghṛtaṃ pakvam* / piba tāvat paścād yācanakaṃ praveśayāmaḥ / vicārayiṣyāmaḥ kiṃ prārthayatīti / tasya kṛtakutūhalasvastyayanasya ghṛtaṃ pātukāmasya yācanakabhājanāśāmarmasaṃghaṭṭitaśarīrasya tad vṛttaṃ na rocate / kathayati ca / amba tāta na tāvaparibhokṣye yāvad yācanakaḥ praviśata iti / rājñā dauvārikasyājñā dattā / yācanakaṃ praveśaya iti / sa praveśitaḥ / rājaputreṇa dṛṣṭaḥ / kāyaprāsādikaś cittaprāsādikaś ca śānteneryāpathenāvatīrṇaḥ / sa kathayati / āryakeṇa kiṃ prayojanam* / tena vistareṇa samākhyātam* / sa kathayati / ārya tvam eva maṇḍārho nāham* / gṛhāṇa / dadāmīti / tena pātraṃ prasāritam* / rājaputreṇa tīvreṇāśayena (273r1 = GBM 6.858) tasmai tanmaṇḍo dattaḥ / tenāpi mahātmanā sarvasatvahitānugataṃ rājaputreṇa cittam utpāditam* / ṛdhyati śīlavataś cetaḥpraṇidhānam* / tac ca viśuddhatvāc chīlasyeti / ubhāv api svasthau saṃvṛttau / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau rājakumāraḥ (MSV II 137) aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena / tadāpi me glānakāḥ priyāḥ prāg evedānīm* /
kiṃ bhadanta tena rājaputreṇa tena ca pratyekabuddhena karma kṛtaṃ yena tayor yugapad vyādhir utpanno yugapac ca vyupaśāntir iti / bhagavān āha / tasyām eva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāni avaśyaṃbhāvīni / na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante / nābdhātau / na tejodhātau / na vāyudhātav api / bhūdhātuṣv eva skandhadhātv āyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca /
na praṇaśyanti karmāṇi api kalpaśatair api /
sāmagrīṃ prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām* //
bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā babhūva / tasya dvau putrau / tayor yaḥ kanīyān sa rājyābhinandī / purohitasyāpi dvau putrau / tayor api kanīyān sa paurohityaṃ prārthayate / dhātuśaḥ satvāḥ saṃsyandanta iti tayoḥ parasparaṃ sakhyam utpannam* / rājaputraḥ kathayati / ka upāyaḥ syād yenāhaṃ rājā bhaveyam* / sa kathayati / asty upāyaḥ / yadi tvaṃ māṃ paurohitye sthāpayasi (MSV II 138) kathayāmīti / sa kathayati / evaṃ bhavatu / kathaya / sthāpayāmīti / sa kathayati / ahaṃ tava bhrātaraṃ vyaṃgaṃ karomi / tvaṃ rājā bhavasīti / tenānumoditam* / tatas tena tasya jyeṣṭhasya rājaputrasya bhaiṣajyaṃ dattam* / vyaṃgībhūtam* / apareṇa samayena rājā kālagataḥ / amātyaiḥ sa vyaṃga iti kṛtvā kanīyān rājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ / tenāpy asau kanīyān purohitaputraḥ paurohitye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ / yāvad apareṇa samayena rājā purohitena sārdhaṃ saṃlāpena tiṣṭhati / rājñāsau bhrātā vyaṃgo dṛṣṭaḥ / tasya taṃ dṛṣṭvā vipratisāra utpannaḥ / na śobhanaṃ mayā kṛtaṃ yad rājyahetor bhrātā vyaṃgīkṛta iti / purohitaḥ kathayati / deva mamāpi vipratiāra utpannaḥ / yadi devasyābhimataṃ punar apy evaṃ yathāpaurāṇaṃ karomīti / sa kathayati / kuruṣvānujāne / tena tasya bhaiṣajyaṃ dattam* / svasthībhūtaḥ / tatas tau pratyekabuddhe kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhau / yadāvābhyām evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārāḥ kṛtā asya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jāyeyahi / asya ca pāpasya vyaṃgīkaraṇasya karmaṇo vipākam anubhaveyam iti (273v1 = GBM 6.859) / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ / yo 'sau rājaputraḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena / yo 'sau purohitaputraḥ eṣa evāsau pratyekabuddhaḥ / yat tābhyāṃ saṃjalpaṃ kṛtvā rājakumārasya bhaiṣajyaṃ dattaṃ tena yugapad vyaṃgau saṃvṛttau / yat tu vipratisārābhyāṃ vicārya punar bhaiṣajyaṃ dattaṃ tena yugapat svasthībhūtau / iti hi (MSV II 139) bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ / ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ / vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ / tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasvābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ / ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam* /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayena śrāvastyāṃ śreṣṭhināmā gṛhapatir āḍhyo mahādhane mahābhoge vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī / tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam* / so 'putraḥ putrābhinandī śivavaruṇakuberaśakrabrahmādīn anyāṃś ca devatāviśeṣān āyācate / tadyathā ārāmadevatā vanadevatāś catvaradevatāḥ śṛṃgāṭakadevatā balipratigrāhikā devatāḥ sahajāḥ sahadharmikā nityānubaddhā api devatā āyācate / asti caiṣa lokapravādaḥ / yadāyācanahetoḥ putrā jāyante duhitaraś ceti / tac ca naivam* / yady evam abhaviṣyad ekaikasya putrasahasram abhaviṣyat tadyathā rājñaś cakaravartinaḥ / api tu trayāṇāṃ sthānānāṃ saṃmukhībhāvāt putrā jāyante duhitaraś ca / katame trayāṇām* / mātāpitarāu raktau bhavataḥ / sannipatitau / mātā kalyā bhavati ṛtumatī / gandharvaś ca pratyupasthito bhavati / eṣāṃ trayāṇāṃ sthānānāṃ saṃmukhībhāvāt putrā jāyante duhitaraś ca / yadāsya devatārādhanenāpi na putro na duhitā tadā sarvadevatāḥ pratyākhyāya bhagavaty abhiprasannaḥ / yāvad anyatamasya bhikṣoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ / ārya icchāmi (MSV II 140) svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajitum* / bhadramukha evaṃ kuru / sa tasyānupūrvyā keśāvataraṇaṃ kṛtvā śikṣāpadāni grāhayitum ārabdhaḥ / pravrajyāntarāyakareṇa ca mahatā jvareṇābhibhūtaḥ / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / upasthānam asya karaṇīyam* / na tāvac chikṣāpadāni deyāni yāvat svasthaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ / ity uktaṃ bhagavatā / tasyopasthānaṃ kartavyam iti hi bhikṣavo na jānante kena kartavyam iti / bhagavān āha / bhikṣubhiḥ / vaidyās tasya divā bhaiṣajyaṃ kurvanti / rātrau (274r1 = GBM 6.860) glānyaṃ vardhate / te kathayanti / ārya vayam asya divā cikitsikāṃ kurmaḥ rātrau glānyaṃ vardhate / yady eṣa gṛhaṃ nīyate vayam asya rātrau cikitsāṃ kuryāma iti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / gṛhaṃ nīyatāṃ tatrāpy asyopasthāyikān anuprayacchata / tasya tad glānyaṃ dīrghakālīnaṃ samvṛttam* / keśās tasya dīrghadīrghā jātāḥ / tasya muṇḍo gṛhapatir iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / sa yadā mūlagaṇḍapatrapuṣpaphalabhaiṣajyair upasthīyamāno na svasthībhavati tadā tenātmā paricchinno mṛto 'ham iti / tatas tena maraṇakālasamaye sarvaṃ santakasvāpateyaṃ patrābhilekhyaṃ kṛtvā jetavane preṣitam* / sa ca kālagataḥ / amātyaiḥ rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kosalasyārocitam* / deva muṇḍo gṛhapatir aputraḥ kālagataḥ / prabhūtaṃ cāsya hiraṇyasuvarṇam asti hastino 'śvā gāvo mahiṣyaḥ sannāhāni ca / etac ca sarvaṃ patrābhilikhitaṃ kṛtvā jetanavanam āryasaṃghāya preṣitam* / rājā kathayati / āryopanandasantakam eva mayā apatrābhilikhitaṃ (MSV II 141) na pratilabdhaṃ prāg eva patrābhilikhitaṃ pratilapsye / api tu yad bhagavān anujñāsyati tad grahīṣye / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / kiṃ tatra bhikṣavaḥ saṃvidyante /
antaroddānam* /
vastuśayanāsanaprāvaraṇam ayolohaṃ ca candanam* /
kumbhāni pītabhakṣādi raṃjanaṃ yaṣṭijambukam* //
dvipadā catuṣpadā yāvat* annapānaṃ ca bhaiṣajyam* /
dāso vā prastaraṃ lekhyaṃ yathāyogena bhājayet* //
hiraṇyaṃ ca suvarṇaṃ ca yac cāpy anyat kṛtākṛtam* /
samagraḥ saṃgho bhājayed iti proktaṃ maharṣiṇā //
bhikṣubhiḥ samākhyātam* / bhagavān āha / yathāyogena bhājayitavyam* / tatra kṣetravastu gṛhavastv āpaṇavastu / śayanāsanam ayaskārabhāṇḍaṃ lohakārabhāṇḍaṃ kumbhakārabhāṇḍam* / kuṇḍikākaraṇḍakavivarjitaṃ takṣabhāṇḍaṃ varuṭabhāṇḍam* / dāsīdāsakarmakārapauruṣeyānām annapānaṃ vrīhayaś cāvibhājyāḥ / cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya sādhāraṇāḥ sthāpayitavyāḥ / śāṭakāḥ paṭakā carmabhāṇḍam upānahas tailakutupāḥ kuṇḍikākarakāś (MSV II 142) ca samagreṇa saṃghena bhājayitavyāḥ / yaṣṭayo yā āyatās tā jambūcchāyikāḥ pratimāyā dhvajavaṃśāḥ kārayitavyāḥ / yāḥ svalpās tāḥ khaṃkharakāḥ kṛtvā bhikṣūṇāṃ dātavyāḥ / putradārakaṃ saṃghena yathāsukham avikrīya yathābhiprasādalabdhena moktavyāḥ / catuṣpadānāṃ hastino 'śvā uṣṭrāḥ kharā vesarāś ca rājña upayogāḥ / mahiṣyaḥ ajā eḍakāś cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya (274v1 = GBM 6.861) sādhāraṇā avibhājyāḥ / yaś ca sannāho yac cānyatra rājopayojyaṃ tat sarvaṃ rājña upanāmayitavyam* / sthāpayitvāyudhāni taiḥ śastrakaiḥ sūcyaḥ khaṃkharakāś ca kārayitvā saṃghe cārayitavyāḥ / raṃgāṇāṃ mahāraṃgaḥ kaṃkuṣṭahiṃgulukarājapaṭyādayas te gandhakuṭyāṃ prakṣeptavyāḥ pratimopayogikāḥ / khaṃkhaṭikaṃ gaurikaṃ nīliś ca saṃghena bhājayitvyā / madyaṃ mṛṣṭayavān prakṣipya bhūmau nikhātavyam* / śuktatve pariṇataṃ paribhoktavyam* / śuktatvānupayojyaṃ tu chorayitavyam* / māṃ bhikṣavaḥ śāstāram uddiśadbhir madyam adeyam apeyam antataḥ kuśāgreṇāpi / bhaiṣajyāni glānakalpikaśālāyāṃ (MSV II 143) prakṣeptavyāni / tato glānakair bhikṣubhiḥ paribhoktavyāni / ratnānāṃ muktā varjayitvā maṇivaiḍūryadakṣiṇāvartaparyantāni tu dvau bhāgau kartavyānīti / eko dharmasya / dvitīyaḥ saṃghasya / yo dharmasya tena buddhavacanaṃ lekhayitavyam* / siṃhāsane copayoktavyam* / yaḥ saṃghasya sa bhikṣubhir bhājayitavyaḥ / pustakānāṃ buddhavacanapustakā avibhajya cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya dhāraṇakoṣṭhikāyāṃ prakṣeptavyāḥ / bahiḥśāstrapustakā bhikṣubhir vikrīya bhājayitavyāḥ / patralekhyaṃ yac chīghraṃ śakyate sādhayituṃ tasya dravyavibhāge tad bhikṣubhir bhājayitavyam* / na śakyate tac cāturdiśāya bhikṣusaṃghāya dhāraṇa / koṣṭhikāyāṃ prakṣeptavyam* / suvarṇaṃ ca hiraṇyaṃ cānyac ca kṛtākṛtaṃ trayo bhāgāḥ kartavyāḥ / eko buddhasya / dvitīyo dharmasya / tṛtīyaḥ saṃghasya / yo buddhasya tena gandhakuṭyāṃ keśanakhastūpeṣu ca khaṇḍachuṭṭaṃ pratisaṃskartavyam* / yo dharmasya tena buddhavacanaṃ lekhayitavyaṃ siṃhāsanena vā upayoktavyam* / yaḥ saṃghasya sa bhikṣubhir bhājayitavyaḥ /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / yadā rājñā prasenajitā kosalenā toyikāmahaḥ prasthāpitas tadā tatra bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikānāṃ mahāsannipāto bhavati / tena khalu samayena mūlaphalguno bhikṣur bhikṣuṇībhāvanīyaḥ / toyikāmahe pratyupasthite saṃbahulābhir bhikṣuṇībhir uktaḥ / ārya upanimantrito bhava / toyikāmahaṃ gamiṣyāma iti / sa kathayati / ko 'tra mama pātracīvaraṃ sthāpayatīti / (MSV II 144) dvādaśavargikābhir bhikṣuṇībhir uktaḥ / ārya alpotsuko bhava / vayaṃ sthāpayāmaḥ / tena tāsāṃ samarpitam* / tat tābhir api mahāprajāpatye saṃnyastam* / mahāprajāpatyāpi āyuṣmata ānandasya / āyuṣmatāpy ānandenānyatamasmin vihāre sthāpitam* / tata āyuṣmān mūlaphalgunas toyikāmahaṃ gataḥ / sa tatra bhikṣuṇībhir upanimantritaḥ / ekā kathayati / āryeṇa mamādya pūrvāhṇikā kartavyā / aparayā pūrvāhṇikayā upanimantritaḥ / aparāpi / aparā kathayati / āryeṇa mamāntikād bhoktavyam iti / aparāpi / evam eva kathayaty aparāpi / aparā kathayati / āryeṇa mamāntike kālapānakaṃ pāyayitavyam iti / aparāpi / evam eva kathayaty aparāpi / tena tāsām anurakṣayā stokastokaṃ gṛhītvā pūrvāhṇikā kṛtā / tataiva velāyāṃ bhuktam akāle pānakaṃ ca pītam* / tataḥ stokastokena (275r1 = GBM 6.862) prabhūtaṃ saṃpannam* / sa cādhvapariśrāntaḥ / tena prabhūtaṃ bhuktam* / saḥ ajīrṇo jātaḥ / viṣūcitaḥ kālagataḥ / sa bhikṣubhiḥ śmaśānaṃ nītvā dagdhaḥ / dharmaśravaṇaṃ dattam* / anupūrveṇa vihāraḥ praviṣṭaḥ / cīvaragopakena glānopasthāyikaḥ abhihitaḥ / ānaya tasya pātracīvaram iti / sa kathayati / dvādaśavargikānāṃ haste sthāpitam* / tāḥ prṣṭāḥ / kathayanti / asmābhir mahāprajāpatyā haste sthāpitam* / mahāprajāpatiḥ kathayati / mayā ānandasya saṃnyastam iti / āyuṣmān ānandaḥ kathayati / mayā amuṣmin vihāre sthāpitam* / ity etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / (MSV II 145) bhagavān āha / ānandena sthāpitaṃ bhikṣuṇā prativastu mṛtapariṣkārikam adhiṣṭhātavyam* / evaṃ ca punar adhiṣṭhātavyam* / śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtvā gaṇḍīm ākoṭya pṛṣṭavācikayā bhikṣūn samanuyujya sarvasaṃghe saṃniṣaṇṇe saṃnipatite ekena bhikṣuṇā jñaptiṃ kṛtvā karma kartavyam* / śṛṇotu bhadantaḥ saṃghaḥ / asminn āvāse mūlaphalguno bhikṣuḥ kālagataḥ / tasya pātracīvaraṃ sacīvaracīvarikam ānandasya haste tiṣṭhati / sacet saṃghasya prāptakālaṃ kṣametānujānīyāt saṃghaḥ / yat saṃgho mūlaphalgunasya bhikṣoḥ pātracīvaraṃ sacīvaracīvarikam ānandena bhikṣuṇā prativastu mṛtapariṣkārikam adhitiṣṭhed ity eṣā jñaptiḥ / āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati / anyatra bhadanta bhikṣuḥ kālaṃ kuryād anyatrāsya pātracīvaram anyatra prativastukaḥ / tat pātracīvaraṃ kasya prāpadyate / yo 'tra upālin prativastuko bhikṣur gṛhī vā /
srāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayena navakarmiko bhikṣuḥ kālagataḥ / bhikṣavas tasya pātracīvaraṃ kaukṛtyān na bhājayanti / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / sarvasaṃghaṃ sannipātyāsau lakṣitavyaḥ / kiṃ sambhinnakārī na vā iti / yadi saṃbhinnakārī / sāṃghikaṃ staupikaṃ karoti / staupikaṃ vā sāṃghikam* / (MSV II 146) evam adhārmikam* / tasya pātracīvaraṃ sacīvaracīvarikaṃ trīn bhāgān kartavyam* / buddhasya / dharmasya / saṃghasya / sāṃghiko bhikṣubhir bhājayitavyaḥ / buddhasantakena buddhapūjā vā gandhakūṭyāṃ stūpe vā navakarma kartavyam* / dharmasantakena buddhavacanaṃ vā lekhayitavyam* / siṃhāsane vā upayoktavyam* / na cet sambhinnakārī sarvam eva bhikṣubhir bhājayitavyam* / nātra kaukṛtyaṃ karaṇīyam* /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayena saṃbahulā bhikṣavo janapadacārikāṃ caranto 'nupūrveṇa srāvastyām upanagaram anuprāptāḥ* / tanmadhyād eko bhikṣuḥ kālagataḥ / te saṃlakṣayanti / bahir vihārasya bhājayāmaḥ / vihāraṃ praviṣṭānāṃ sabrahmacāriṇo 'pi bhāgaṃ prārthayiṣyantīti / śrāvastī tannivāsibhir gopālakaiḥ paśupālakais tṛṇahārakaiḥ kāṣṭhahārakaiḥ pathājīvair utpathājīvaiś ca manuṣyaiḥ samantād ākīrṇā / te yatra yatra niṣīdanti bhājayāma iti tatra tatra mahājanena parivāryante / te saṃlakṣayanti / vihārasamīpe bhājayāma iti / te vihārasamīpe bhājayitum ārabdhāḥ (275v1 = GBM 6.863) / upadhivārikeṇa dṛṣṭā uktāś ca / āyuṣmantaḥ kiṃ kurutha / tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātam* / sa kathayati / aham api sīmāprāpta iti / tais tasya vivācayato na dattam* / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / (MSV II 147) bhagavān āha / antaḥsīmāyām antaḥsīmāsaṃjñino mṛtapariṣkāraṃ bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / punar api sīmāprāptaiḥ saha bhājayitavyam* / anyathā sātisārāḥ / evam antaḥsīmāyāṃ vaimatikā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / punar api sīmāprāptaiḥ saha bhājayitavyam* / anyathā sātisārāḥ / bahiḥsīmāyām antaḥsīmāsaṃjñino mṛtapariṣkāraṃ bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / punar api sīmāprāptaiḥ saha bhājayitavyam* / anyathā sātisārāḥ / bahiḥsīmāyāṃ vaimatikā bhājayanti / abhājitaṃ durbhājitam* / punar api sīmāprāptaiḥ saha bhājayitavyam* / anyathā sātisārāḥ bhavanti /
śrāvastyāṃ nidānam* / tena khalu samayena bhikṣuṇā bhikṣor haste bhikṣoś cīvarāṇi preṣitāni / tena bhikṣuṇā yena preṣitāni tasya niśvāsena paribhuktāni / etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti / bhagavān āha / aviśvāse bhikṣavas tena bhikṣuṇā viśvāsam utpāditam* / yasya yena bhikṣuṇā preṣitāni tasya tena viśvāsena paribhuktāni /
api tu bhikṣur bhikṣor haste bhikṣoś cīvarakāṇi preṣayati / yasya preṣitāni tasya viśvāsena paribhuṃkte / suparibhuktāni / yena preṣitāni tasya niśvāsena paribhuṃkte / duṣparibhuktāni // 1 // bhikṣur bhikṣoś cīvarāṇi preṣayati / yasya preṣitāni sa kālagataḥ / yena preṣitāni (MSV II 148) tāni tasya viśvāsena paribhuṃkte / duṣparibhuktāni / yasya preṣitāni tasya kalpena tasya mṛtapariṣkārikam adhitiṣṭhati / svadhiṣṭhitāni // 2 // bhikṣur bhikṣoś cīvarāṇi preṣayati / yena preṣitāni sa kālagataḥ / yena preṣitāni tasya kalpena mṛtapariṣkārikam adhitiṣṭhati / duradhiṣṭhitāni // 3 // bhikṣur bhikṣoś cīvarakāṇi preṣayati / yasya preṣitāni tena pratikṣiptāni / yena preṣitāni tasya viśvāsena paribhuṃkte / suparibhuktāni / yasya preṣitāni tasya viśvāsena paribhuṃkte / duṣparibhuktāni // 4 // bhikṣur bhikṣoś cīvarakāṇi preṣayati / yasya preṣitāni sa kālagataḥ / yasya preṣitāni tasya kalpena mṛtapariṣkārikam adhitiṣṭhati / svadhiṣṭhitāni / yena preṣitāni tasya kalpena mṛtapariṣkārikam adhitiṣṭhati / duradhiṣṭhitāni // 5 // bhikṣur bhikṣoś cīvarakāṇi preṣayati / yasya preṣitāni tena pratikṣiptāni / yena preṣitāni sa ca kālagataḥ / yasya preṣitāni tasya viśvāsena paribhuṃkte / duṣparibhuktāni / yena preṣitāni tasya kalpena mṛtapariṣkārikam adhitiṣṭhati / svadhiṣṭhitāni // 6 // bhikṣur bhikṣoś cīvarakāṇi preṣayati / yasya preṣitāni tena pratikṣiptāni / sa kālagataḥ / yenāpi preṣitāni sa kālagataḥ / yasya preṣitāni tasya kalpena mṛtapariṣkāram adhitiṣṭhati / duradhiṣṭhitāni / yena preṣitāni tasya kalpena mṛtapariṣkārikam adhitiṣṭhati / svadhiṣṭhitāni // 7 //
// cīvaravastu samāptam* //